கருமம்-create

திராவிட மொழிகள் வேர்ச்சொல் அகராதி

கீழை இந்தோ-ஐரோப்பியத்தில் தமிழின் ’கருமம்’

மோனியர் (Monier)

(Monier)

57. Karma

(A) Kṛi (root)

kṛi, Ved. I) cl. 2. P. 2. sg. kárshi, du. kṛithás, pl. kṛithá; Ā. 2. sg. krishéimpf. 2. & 3. sg. ákar, 3. sg. rarely ákat (ṠBr.iii, xi); 3. du. ákartām; pl. ákarma, ákarta (also BhP. ix), ákran (aor., according to Pāṇ. iv, 2, 80, Kāṡ.); Ā. ákrithās (RV. x, 159, 4 & 174, 4), ákri (RV. v, 30, 8), ákṛita (RV.); akrātām (ṠāṇkhṠr.), ákrata (RV.; AV.): Impv. kṛidhi (also MBh. i, 5I4I &BhP. viii), kṛitám, 'kṛitá; Ā. kṛishvá, kṛidhvám; Subj. 22. & 3. sg. kar, pl. kárma, kárta&kartana, kran; Ā. 3. sg. kṛita (RV. ix, 69, 5), 3. pl. kránta (RV. i, I4I/3): Pot. kriyáma (RV. x, 32, 9); pr. p. P. (nom. pl.) krántas, Ā. krāṇá. II) cl. I. P. kárasi, kárati, kárathas, káratas, káranti; Ā. kárase, kárate, kárāmahe: impf. ákaram, ákaras, ákarat (aor., according to Pāṇ. iii, I, 59): Impv. kára, káratam, káratām: Subj. káram, kárāṇi, káras, kárat, kárāma, káran; Ā. karāmahai; pr. p. (f.) káranti (Naigh.) Ill) cl. 5. P. kṛiṇómi, ^oṇóshi, ^oṇóti, kṛiṇuthás, kṛiṇmás&kṛiṇmasi, kṛiṇuthá, kṛiṇvánti; Ā. kṛiṇvé, kṛiṇushé, kṛiṇuté, 3. du. kṛiṇvaite (RV. vi, 25, 4); pl. kṛiṇmáhe, kṛiṇváte: impf. ákṛiṇos, ákṛiṇot, ákṛinutam, ákṛiṇuta&^oṇotana(RV. I, II0, 8), ákṛiṇvan; Ā. 3. sg. ákṛiṇuta, pl. ákṛiṇudhvam, ákṛiṇvata: Impv. kṛiṇú or kṛiṇuhi or kṛiṇutāt, kṛiṇótu, kṛiṇutám, kṛiṇutām, 2. pl. kṛinutá or kṛiṇôta or kṛiṇótana, 3. pl. kṛiṇvántu; Ā. kṛiṇushvá, kṛiṇutām, kṛiṇvāthām, kṛiṇudhvám: Subj. kṛiṇávas, ^oṇávator ^oṇávāt, kṛiṇávāva., ^oṇávāma, ^oṇávātha, ^on|ávatha, ^oṇávan; Ā. kṛiṇávai (once ^oṇavā, RV. x, 95, 2), kṛiṇavase (also ṠvetUp. ii, 7, v. 1. ^oṇvase), kṛiṇavate, kṛiṇávāvahai, kṛiṇavámahai, 3. pl. kṛiṇávanta (RV.) or kṛiṇavante or kṛiṇvata (RV.): Pot. Ā. kṛiṇvītá; pr. p. P. kṛiṇvát (f. ^ovatī), Ā. kṛiṇvāṇá. IV) cl. 8 (this is the usual formation in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras, and in classical Sanskṛit), P. karómi (ep. kurmi, MBh. iii, 10943; R. ii, I2, 33); kurvás, kuruthás, kurutás, kurmás [kulmasin an interpolation after RV. x, 128], kuruthá, kurvánti; A. kurvé, &c., 3. pl. kurváte (Pāṇ. vi, 4, I08-II0): impf. akaravam, akaros, akarot, akurva, &c.; Ā. 3. sg. akuruta, pl. akurvata.: Impv. kuru, karotu (in the earlier language 2. & 3. sg. kurutāt, 3. sg. alsoBhP. vi, 4, 34), -kuruta or kurutana (Nir. iv, 7); Ā. kurushva, kurudhvam, kuruvátām: Subj. karavāṇi, karavas, ^ovāt, ^ovāva or ^ovāvas(Pāṇ. iii, 4, 98, Kāṡ.), ^ovāmaor ^ovāmas (ib.), ^ovātha, ^ovan; Ā. karavai, kuruthās, karavāvahai (TUp.;^ohe, MBh. iii, 10762), karavaithe, ^ovaite (Pāṇ. iii, 4, 95, Kāṡ), ^ovāmahai(^ohe, MBh.; R. i, I8, I2): Pot. P. kuryām, Ā. kurvīya(Pāṇ. vi, 4, 109 & II0); pr. p P. kurvát (f. ^ovatī); Ā. kurvāṇá: perf. P. cakāra, cakártha, cakṛivá, cakṛimá, cakrá (Pāṇ. vii, 2, I3); Ā. cakré, cakriré;p.cakṛivas (acc. cakrúsham, RV. x, I37, I); Ā. cakrāṇa (Vop.): 2nd fut. karishyati; Subj. 2. sg. karishyās (RV. iv, 30, 23); 1st fut. kártā: Prec. kriyāsam: aor. P. Ved. cakaram (RV. iv, 42, 6) acakrat (RV. iv, I8, 12), ácakriran (RV. viii, 6, 20); Ā. i. sg. kṛiske (RV. x, 49, 7); Class, akārshīt (Pāṇ. vii, 2, I, Kāṡ.; once akārashīt, BhP. i, IO, i); Pass. aor. reflex, akāri&akṛita (Pāṇ. iii, I, 62, Kāṡ): Inf.-kártum, Ved. kártave, kártavai, kártos (see ss. vv.); ind. p. kṛitvā, Ved. Kṛitvī [RV.] &kṛitvāya [TS. iv, v]; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake, RV. &c.; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (gen. or loc.), MBh.; R. &c.; to execute, carry out (as an order or command), ib.; to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build, ib.; to form or construct one thing out of another (abl. or instr.), R. i, 2, 44; Hit. &c.; to employ, use, make use of (instr.), ṠvetUp.; Mn.x, 9I; MBh. &c.; to compose, describe, R. i; to cultivate, Yājñ. ii, I58 (cf. Mn. x, II4); to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (e. g. varshāṇidaṡacakruḥ, 'they spent ten years,' MBh. xv, 6; kshaṇaṃkuru, 'wait a moment,' MBh.; cf. kṛitakshaṇa); to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (acc. or loc. or instr., e. g. ardháṃ√kṛi, to take to one's own side or party, cause to share in (gen.; see 2. ardhá); haste or pāṇau√kṛi, to take by the hand, marry, Pāṇ. i, 4, 77; hṛidayena√kṛi, to place in one's heart, love, Mṛicch.; hṛidi√kṛi, to take to heart, mind, think over, consider, Rājat. v, 3I3; manasi√kṛi, id., R. ii, 64, 8; Hcar.; to determine, purpose [ind. p. ^osikṛitvā or ^osi-kṛitya}, Pāṇ. i, 4, 75; vaṡe√kṛi, to place in subjection, become master of, Mn. ii, I00); to direct the thoughts, mind, &c. (mánas [RV.; Mn.; MBh. &c.] or buddhim [Nal. xxvi, I0] or matim [MBh.; R.] or bhâvam [ib.], &c.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (loc., dat., inf., or a sentence with iti, e. g. mā ṡokemanaḥ kṛithāḥ, do not turn your mind to grief, Nal. xiv, 22; gamanāyamatiṃcakre, he resolved upon going, R. i, 9, 55; alābuṃsamutsrashṭuṃmanaṡ cakre, he resolved to create a gourd, MBh. iii, 8844; drashṭātavâsmîtimatiṃcakāra he determined to see him, MBh. iii, 12335); to think of (acc.), R. i, 2I, I4; to make, render (with two acc., e.g. adityaṃkāshṭhāmakurvata, they made the sun their goal, AitBr. iv, 7), RV.; ṠBr. &c.; to procure for another, bestow, grant (with gen. or loc.), RV.; VS.; ṠBr. &c.; Ā. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume, ṠBr.; BṛĀrUp.; Mn. vii, I0 &c.; to give aid, help any one to get anything (dat.), RV.; VS.; to make liable to (dat.), RV. iii, 4I, 6; ṠBr. iv; to injure, violate (e. g. kanyāṃ√kṛi, to violate a maiden), Mn. viii, 367 &369; to appoint, institute, ChUp.; Mn.; to give an order, commission, Mn.; R. ii, 2, 8; to cause to get rid of, free from (abl. or -tas), Pāṇ. v, 4, 49, Kās.; to begin (e.g. cakreṡobhayitumpurīm, they began to adorn the city), R. ii, 6, IO; to proceed, act, put in practice, VS.; ṠBr.; AitBr. &c.; to Worship, sacrifice, RV.; ṠBr.; Mn. iii, 2I0; to make a sound (svaram or ṡabdam, MBh. iii, 11718; Pāṇ. iv, 4, 34; Hit.), utter, pronounce (often ifc. with the sounds phat, phut, bhāṇ, váshatsvadhā, svāhā, him'), pronounce any formula (Mn. ii, 74 & xi, 33); (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā) to divide, separate or break up into parts (e. g. dvidhā -√kṛi, to divide into two parts, ind. p. dvidhā kṛitvā or dvidhā- kṛitya or –kāram. Pāṇ. iii, 4, 62;sahasradhā √kṛi, to break into a thousand pieces); (with adverbs ending in vat) to make like or similar, consider equivalent (e.g. rājyaṃtṛiṇa-vatkṛitvā, valuing the kingdom like a straw, Vet.); (with adverbs ending in sāt) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject (see ātma-sāt, bhasma-sāt), Pāṇ. v, 4, 52ff. The above senses of √kṛi may be variously modified or almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this rt. is connected, as in the following examples: sakhyam√kṛi, to contract friendship with: pūjāṃ√kṛi, to honour; rājyaṃ√kṛi, to reign; snehaṃ√kṛi, to show affection; ājñāṃor nideṡaṃor ṡāsanaṃor kāmaṃor yācanāṃor vacaḥ or vacanaṃor vākyaṃ√kṛi, to perform any one's command or wish or request &c.; dharmaṃ√kṛi, to do one's duty, Mn. vii, I36; nakhāni√kṛi, 'to clean one's nails,' see kṛita-nakha; udakaṃ[Mn.; Yājñ.; R.; Daṡ.] or salilaṃ[R. i, 44, 49] √kṛi, to offer a libation of water to the dead; to perform ablutions; astrāṇi√kṛi, to practise the use of weapons, MBh. iii, 11824; darduraṃ√kṛi, to breathe the flute, Pāṇ. iv, 4, 34; daṇḍaṃ√kṛi, to inflict punishment &c., Vet.; kālaṃ√kṛi, to bring one's time to an end, i. e. to die; ciraṃ√kṛi, to be long in doing anything, delay; manasā (for ^osi, see above) √kṛi, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate, MBh.; ṡirasā √kṛi, to place on the head; mūrdhnā √kṛi, to place on one's head, obey, honour. Very rarely in Veda (AV. xviii, 2, 27), but commonly in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras, and especially in classical Sanskṛit the perf. forms cakāra and cakre are auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives, e. g. āsāṃcakre, 'he sat down; 'gamayāmcakāra, ‘he caused to go’ [see Pāṇ. iii, I, 40; in Veda some other forms of √kṛiare used in a similar way, viz. pr. karoti, ṠāṅkhṠr.; impf. akar, MaitrS. &Kāṭh.; 3. pl. akran, MaitrS. &TBr.; Prec. kriyāt, MaitrS. (seePāṇ. iii, I, 42); according to Pāṇ. iii, I, 4I, also karotu with √vid]. Caus. kārayati, ^ote, to cause to act or do, cause another to perform, have anything made or done by another (double acc., instr. & acc. [see Pāṇ. i, 4, 53], e. g. sabhāṃkāritavān, he caused an assembly to be made, Hit.; rāja-darṡanaṃmāmkāraya, cause me to have an audience of the king; vāṇijyaṃkārayedvaiṡyam, he ought to cause the Vaiṡya to engage in trade, Mn. viii, 4I0; naṡakshyāmikiṃcitkārayituṃtvayā, I shall not be able to have anything done by thee, MBh. ii, 6); to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate, Lāṭy.; Yājñ. ii, 158; MBh. &c.; to cause to place or put, have anything placed, put upon, &c. (e. g. taṃcitrapaṭaṃvāsa-gṛihebhittāvakārayat, he had the picture placed on the wall in his house, Kathās. v, 30), Mn. viii, 25I. Sometimes the Caus. of √kṛi is used for the simple verb or without a causal signification (e.g. padaṃkārayati, he pronounces a word, Pāṇ. i, 3, 7I, Kāṡ.; mithyā k^o, he pronounces wrongly, ib.; Kaikeyīmanurājānaṃkāraya, treat or deal with Kaikeyī as the king does, R. ii, 58, I6): Desid. cikīrshati (aor. 2. sg. acikīrshīs, ṠBr. iii), ep. also ^ote, to wish to make or do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after, AV. xii, 4, I9; ṠBr.; KātyṠr.; Mn. &c.; to wish to sacrifice or worship, AV. v, 8, 3: Intens. 3. pl. karikrati (pr. p. kárikrat, see Naigh. ii, I &Pāṇ. vii, 4, 65), to do repeatedly, RV.; AV.; TS.; Class, carkarti or carikarti or carikarti [Pāṇ. vii, 4, 92, Kāṡ.], also carkarītī carikarīti or carīkarīti or cekrīyate [ib., Sch.; Vop.]; [cf Hib. caraim, ' I perform, execute;' ceard, 'an art, trade, business) function;' sucridh, 'easy;' Old Germ, karawan. 'to prepare;' Mod. Germ, gar, 'prepared (as food);' Lat. crew, ceremonia; κρaiυώ, κρóυoς.

Kṛit, mfn. only ifc. (Pāṇ. vi, I, I82) making, doing, performing, accomplishing, effecting, manufacturing, acting, one who accomplishes or performs anything, author (see su-k^o, karma-k^o, pāpa-k^o, &c.); (t), m. an affix used to form nouns from roots, VPrāt.; Pāṇ. iii, I, 93; 4, 67; vi, I, 7I; vii, 2, 8 & II; 3, 33; viii, 4, 29; a noun formed with that affix, Nir.; PārGṛ.; Gobh.; Pāṇ. -tattvabodhinī, f., N. ofa grammatical treatise. -paṭala, m., N. of a treatise on Kṛit affixes. Kṛid-anta, m. a word ending with a Kṛit affix (such a word would be called by Pāṇ. simply kṛit). Kṛil-lopa, m. the rejection of a Kṛit affix.

Kṛitá, mfn. done, made, accomplished, performed, RV.; AV. &c.; prepared, made ready, ib.; obtained, gained, acquired, placed at hand, AV. iii, 24, 5; well done, proper, good, ṠBr. iv; cultivated, Mn. x, II4; appointed (as a duty), Yajñ. ii, I86; relating or referring to, Yajñ. ii, 2I0; (as), m., N. of one of the ViSve Devas, MBh. xiii, 4356; of a son of Vasu-deva, BhP. ix, 24, 45; of a son of Saṃnati and pupil of Hiraṇya-nābha, Hariv. I080; BhP. xii, 6, 80; of a son of Kṛita-ratha and father of Vibudha, VP.; of a son of Jaya and father of Haryavana, BhP. ix, I7, I7; of a son of Cyavana and father of Upari-cara, VāyuP.; (am), n. (with saha or with instr.) 'done with, "away with, enough of, no need of, &c. (e. g. kṛitaṃsaṃdehena, away with doubt, Ṡak.; k^oparihāsena, enough of joking, ib.); the past tense, AitBr. v, i; (ám), n. deed, work, action, RV.; AV.; ṠvetUp.; Mn. &c.; service done, kind action, benefit (cf. kṛita-jña& -ghna), MBh. v, I692; Pañcat.; magic, sorcery, SāmavBr.; consequence, result, L.; aim, Vop. i, 2; stake at a game, RV.; AV.; prize or booty gained in battle, ib.; N. of the die or of the side of a die marked with four points or dots (this is the lucky or winning die), VS. xxx, I8; TS.; ṠBr. &c.; (also the collective N. of the four dice in opposition to the fifth die called kali, Comm. on VS. x, 28); (hence) the number ' four,' VarBṛS.; Sūryas.; N. of the first of the four ages of the world (also called satya or ' the golden age,' comprehending together with the morning and evening dawn 4800 years of men [Mn.; MBh.; Hariv.] or according to the later conception [BhP. &c.; Comm. on Mn. i, 69] 4800 years of the gods or 1,728,000 years of men); (e), loc. ind. on account of, for the sake of, for (with gen. or ifc., e. g. mamakṛite or mat-kṛite, on my account, for me), Yajñ. i, 2I6; MBh.; R. &c.; (ena), instr. ind., id., MBh.; R. i, 76, 6 & vi, 85, 10.

-kartavya, mfn. one who has performed what was to be done, one who has done or discharged his duty, Prab.

-karman, n. an act that has been accomplished, Subh.; (kṛitá -k^o), mfn. one who has done his work or duty, ṠBr.; MBh.; R.; Ragh. ix, 3; clever, able, L.

- kāma, mf(ā) n. one whose desire is attained, satisfied, R.

-kārin, mfn. doing again what has been done already, Pat.; doing any work, MBh. i, 5551 (=xii, 5307).

-kārya, n. an attained object, Sak.; (mfn.) one who has obtained his object, Yajñ. ii, I89; R.; Kathās.; one who has no need of another person's aid (instr.), MBh. xiii, 3862; -tva, n. the state of having obtained one's object, Kathās.

-kṛitya, n. what has been done and what is to be done, Up.; (mfn.) one who has done his duty or accomplished a business, R.; one who has attained any object or purpose, contented, satisfied with (loc., R. vii, 59, 3), AitUp.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; -tā, f. the full discharge of any duty or realisation of any object, accomplishment, success, Mn.; MBh.; KapS. &c.;-bhāva, m. id. Naish. vi, 106.

-kopa,mfn. one who shows anger, angry, indignant.

-kraya, m. one who makes a purchase, a purchaser.

-kriya,mfn. one who has accomplished any act, W,; one who has fulfilled his duty, W.; one who has performed a religious ceremony, Mn. v, 99; ix, 102.

-krudha, mfn. one who shows anger, angry, resentful.
-kshaṇa, mfn. one who waits for the right moment, one who waits impatiently for a person or thing (loc., or acc. with prati, or inf., or in comp.; e.g. kṛita-kshaṇâhaṃtegamanaṃprati, I am waiting impatiently for thy going, R. ii, 29, I5; tebhūmiṃgantuṃkṛita-kshaṇāh, they are waiting for the time to proceed to the earth, MBh. i, 2505); having leisure, Car. viii, 3; ready at hand, not tarrying or lingering, Car. iii, 8; liable to (in comp.), Comm. on ChUp.; (as), m., N. of a prince, MBh. ii, 122.

-ghna, mf(ā)n. ' destroying past services or benefits, unmindful of (services) rendered, ungrateful, Mn.; R. &c.; BrahmavP. (sixteen kinds of ungrateful men are enumerated); defeating or rendering vain all previous measures, W.; -tā, F. ingratitude, Pañcat.; Sāh.; -tva, n. id., MārkP.; kṛitaghnī-kṛittI, f. representing as ungrateful, Naish. vi, 85.
-cchidra, mfn. having a hole, BhP. iii, II, 9; (ā), f. the plant Luffa acutangula, L.
-janman, mfn. born, produced, generated.
-jña,mf (ā)n. knowing what is right, correct in conduct, MBh. xii, I04, 6; acknowledging past services or benefits, mindful of former aid or favours, grateful, Mn.; Yājñ. &c.; (as), m. a dog, L.; N. of Ṡiva, L.; -tā, f. gratitude, R.; Pancat.; -tva, n. id.; -ṡīla, m., N. of a Prākṛit poet.
-tvara, mf(ā)n. making haste, hurrying, Ratnāv.\
-dhī, mfn. of formed mind, prudent, considerate, Mudr.; learned, educated, Sāh.; determined, resolved on (inf.), Mudr.; Bh. xi, 6, 39.
-dhvan\sa, mfn. defeated, overpowered, W.; injured, destroyed, W.; ( = -ghna) destroying past transactions,W.
-nāmaka, mfn. named, Hariv. 3436.
-niṡcaya: mfn, determined or resolved on (dat., loc., inf. or in comp.), R. iii, 50, l6;Bhag. ii, 37 &c.; resolute (as speech). Kād.; one who has ascertained anything, sure, certain.
-paṡcāttāpa, mfn. one who has performed penance, showing regret or penitence.
-puṇya, mf(ā)n. one who has accomplished meritorious acts n a former life, happy, R.; MarkP.
- paurusha,mfn. one who does a manly act, behaving gallantly.
-praṇāma, mfn. making obeisance, saluting.
-pratikṛita, n. assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance, MBh. iv, 35I; Ragh. xii, 94;retaliation for an assault, R. vi, 9I, I0.
-pratijña, mfn. one who fulfils a promise or agreement.
-prayatna, mfn. one who makes effort, active, persevering, Pañcat. ( = Hit.)
-phala, mfn. 'fruitful,' successful, W.; (ā), f., N. of a plant =kola-ṡimbī), L.; (am), n. consequence of an act, result, W.; N. of a poisonous substance, L.
-buddhi: mfn. of formed mind, learned, wise., VarBṛS.; KapS. v, 50; (a-k^o) Bhag. xviii, I6; one who has made a resolution, resolved (with dat.;[Vikr.] or inf. [Hariv.]), Mn. i, 97 (cf. MBh. v, II0) &vii, 30; Yājñ. i, 354; MBh.&c.; informed of one's duty, one who knows how religious rites ought:o be conducted, W.
-bhūtamaitra, mfn. friendly to all.
-bhūmi, f. a place ready made, Āp.
-bhojana, mfn. one who has dined or made a meal.
-maṅgala, mf(ā)n. blessed, consecrated, ṠāṅkhGṛ. i, I2;Suṡr.; Kathās.; MārkP.
-mati, mfn. one who has taken a resolution, who has resolved upon anything, MBh.xiii, 2 2II.
-yuga, n. the first of the four ages of the world, golden age, Mn.;MBh.; Hariv.;_Sūryas. (see kṛita above);kṛitayugāya, Nom. A. ^oyate, to resemble the golden age, Pratāpar.
 -rusha, mfn. angry, displeased
-lakshana, mf(ā)n. marked, stamped, branded, Gobh.; MBh.; (a-k^o) Lāṭy.; noted for good qualities, excellent, amiable; stigmatized, Mn. ix, 239 caused by (in comp.), R. vi, 95, I9; relating to (in comp.), MBh. xiii, I6, 23; Hariv. 503I; (as), m., N of a man, Hariv. I940.
-vat, mfn. perf. p. P. √kṛi, one who has done or made anything; one who holds the stake at a game (?), Nir. v, 22; (tī), f., N. of a river, VP
-vikāra, mfn. anyone or anything that has undergone change, altered, changed.
-vidya, mfn. one who has acquired knowledge, well informed, learned, MBh.; R.;Pañcat.
- vismaya, mfn. astonished; astonishing.
-vīrya, (kṛitá), mfn. one who is strong or powerful, AV. xvii, I, 27; (as), m., N. of a prince (son of Kanaka or Dhanaka and father of Arjuna; cf. kārtavīrya), MBh.; Hariv.; BhP.; of a medical teacher, Suṡr.
-vetana, mfn. one who receives wages (as a hired servant or labourer), Yājñ. ii, I64.
-vedin, mfn. ( = -jña) one who acknowledges past benefits or services, grateful, Mudr.; Lalit.; observant of propriety, W.
-vesha, mfn. one who has assumed clothing, attired, decorated, Gīt. xi, I; (as), m., ' N. of a man,' see kārtavesha,
-ṡobha, mfn. splendid, brilliant, beautiful, W.; dexterous, W.
-ṡrama, mfn. one who has made great exertions, painstaking, laborious (with loc. or ifc.), MBh.; R. &c.; (as), m., N. of a Muni, MBh, ii, I09.
-saṃketa, mfn. one who has made an agreement or appointment.
-saṃjña, mfn. one to whom a sign has been given, Rājat. iv, 22I; (pl.) having agreed upon special signs, Mn. vii, I90; initiated (into a plan), MBh, xiv, 588 (a – k^o, neg.)
-sneha, mfn. one who shows affection, affectionate.
-Kṛitâkṛita,mfn. done and not done, done in part but not completed, MBh. xii, 6542 ( = 9946); prepared and not prepared, manufactured and not manufactured, MBh. xiii, 2794; Yājñ. i, 286; optional, ĀṡvṠr.;ĀṡvGṛ.; indifferent, MBh. xiii, 7612; (ám, é), n. sg. & du. what has been done and what has not been done, AV. xix, 9, 2; ṠBr. xiv, 7, 2, 27; KaṭhUp. ii, I4; -prasaṅgin, mfn. in Gr. = nitya.
-kṛitâgama, mfn. one who has made progress, advanced.
-kṛitâgas, mfn. one who has committed an offence, criminal, sinful, AV. xii, 5, 60 & 65; MBh.; Amar.; (a-k^o, neg.) R. i, 7, I3.
-kṛitâṅka, mfn. marked, branded, Mn. viii, 28I; R ii, 15,37; numbered, W.
-Kṛitâñjali.mfn. one who joins the hollowed palms in reverence or to solicit a favour (holding the hollowed palms together as if to receive alms or an offering), standing in a reverent or respectful posture, Mn.; MBh.; R.;(as), m. a shrub used in medicine and in magical potions, L.; -puṭa, mf(ā)n. joining the palms of the hands for obeisance or for holding offerings of water &c., R. i, 39, 9.
-Kṛitâtithya, mf(ā) n. one who has practised hospitality; one who has received hospitality, regaled R. iii, 7, I; Daṡ.
-Kṛitâdara, mf(ā)n. one to whom regard or attention has been paid, Kathās.
-Kṛitânukara, mfn. imitating what has been done by another, following another's example, not independent, ṠBr.;KātySr.
-Kṛitânukūlya, mfn. compliant, kind, favouring.
-Kṛitânukṛita- kārin, mfn. doing anything before and after, R. vi, 9I, 28.
-Kritânuvyādha, mfn. mixed combined, W.
-Kṛitânta, mfn. causing an end, bringing to an end, leading to a decisive termination, BhP. ix, 6, I3; whose end is action, W.; (as), m. ' the inevitable result of actions done in a past existence,' destiny, fate, R.; Pañcat.; Megh.; Vet. death personified, N. of Yama (god of death), MārkP.; Hit.; a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, Bhag. xviii, 13; a conclusion, MBh. xii, 218, 27; (in Gr.) a fixed form or name (?), Pat. Introd. (onVārtt I) & on Pāṇ. i, I, I, Vārtt. 4; a sinful or inauspicious action, L.; 'closing the week,' Saturday, L.; (ā), f. a kind of medicinal drug or perfume (=reṇukā), L.; -kālâsura, m., N. of an Asura, GaṇP.; -janaka, 'father of Yama,' N. of the sun, L.; -saṃtrāsa, m., N. of a Rākshasa, Kathās. Ixxxvi, I37.
-Kṛitânná, n. prepared or cooked food, ṠBr. xiii KātyṠr.; Lāṭy.; Mn.; Suṡr.; digested food, excrement; (mfn.) eating, W.
-Kṛitâpakāra, mfn. injured, wronged, discomfited, over powered; doing wrong, offending.
-Kṛitâpakṛita, mfn. done for and against, done well and done wrong, gaṇaṡākapārthivâdi.
-Kṛitâparādha, mfn. one who has committed an offence against (gen.), guilty, culpable, Vikr.; Mālav.
-Kṛitâbhaya, mfn. saved from danger or fear,W.
-Kṛitâbharaṇa, mfn. adorned.
-Kṛitâbhisheka, mfn. one who has performed a religious ablution, R. i, 44, 30; consecrated, inaugurated; (as), m. a prince who has been inaugurated; (ā), f. the consecrated wife of a prince, Gal.
-Kṛitâbhyāsa,mfn. trained, exercised, practised.
-Kṛitâyāsa, mfn. labouring, suffering.
-Kṛitârtha, mf(ā)n. one who has attained an end or object or has accomplished a purpose or desire, successful, satisfied, contented, MuṇḍUp.; ṠvetUp.; MBh. &c.; clever, Comm. on L.; (as), m., v. 1. for kṛitârgha, q. v.; -tā, f. accomplishment of an object, success, Ragh. viii, 3;Gīt. v, I9; Kathās.; -tva, n. id., Sāh.; kṛitârthī- √kṛi, to render successful, content, satisfy, Kathās. Ixxiv, I25; ^orthīkaraṇa, mfn. rendering successful, Kathās.; ^orthīkṛita, mfn. rendered successful, Dhūrtas.; Amar.; ^orthī-√bhū, to become successful, be contented, Mālatīm.; ^orthī-bhūta, mfn. become successful.
-Kṛitârthaya, Nom. P. ^oyati, to render successful, content, satisfy, Mālatīm.; Kād.; Ṡiṡ.; Naish.; Viddh.
-Kṛitâlaya, mfn. one who has taken up his abode in any place (loc. or in comp., e. g. svarga-k^o, an inhabitant of heaven), R. &c.; (as), m. a dog, L.
-Kṛitâloka, mfn. supplied with light, lighted, W.
-Kṛitâvadhāna, mfn one who takes care, careful, cautious, attentive.
-Kṛitâvadhi, mfn. having a fixed limit, fixed, appointed, agreed upon; bounded, limited.
-Kṛitâvāsa, m. a lodging, W.; (mfn.) lodging.
-Kṛitâṡa, mfn. one who forms hopes, hoping for anything [' despairing; Comm.], MBh. iii, 3I,37.
-Kṛitâṡan\sa, mfn. one who forms hopes or expectations, hoping, Kād.
-Kṛitâṡana, mfn. one who makes a meal, feeding upon.
-Kṛitâstra, mfn. one who has exercised himself in throwing arrows or other weapons, skilled in archery, MBh.; R.; armed (as), m., N. of a warrior, MBh. ii, I27; -tā, f. consummate skill or proficiency in the use of arms, MBh. i, 5I56.
-Kṛitâhāra, ^oraka, mfn. one who has eaten food or made a meal.
-Kṛitāhvāna,mfn. summoned called, challenged.
-Kṛitêrshya, mfn. envious jealous.
-Kṛitôtsāha, mfn one who has made effort, striving.
-Kṛitôpakāra, mf(ā)n. assisted, befriended, Kum. iii, 73; one who has rendered a service, giving aid, friendly.
-Kṛitôpacāra, mfn. served, waited upon.

Kṛitaka, mfn. artificial, factitious, done artificially, made, prepared, not produced spontaneously, Nir.; MBh. &c.; not natural, adopted (as a son), MBh. xiii, 2630; Megh.; assumed, simulated, false, MBh.; Pan̄ cat.; Ragh. xviii, 5I &c.; (am or a- in comp.), ind. in a simulated manner, Ṡiṡ. ix, 83; Kathās.; (as), m., N. of a son of Vasu-deva, BhP. ix, 24, 47; of a son of Cyavana, VP.; (am), n. a kind of salt (= viḍ-lavaṇa), L.; sulphate of copper, L.

Kṛíti, is, f. the act of doing, making, performing, manufacturing, composing, ṠBr. x; ChUp.; 'Pañcat.;Kāṡ. &c.; action, activity, MBh. iii, I2480; Bhāshāp.; Tarkas.; creation, work, Vop.; literary work, Mālav.; Ragh.; Pāṇ. vi, 2, , Kāṡ.; a house of relics, Divyâv.; 'magic,' see -kara; a witch (cf. kṛityā), Devīm.; a kind of Anushṭubh metre (consisting of two Pādas of twelve syllables each and a third Pāda of eight syllables), RPrāt.; another metre (a stanza of four lines with twenty syllables in each), RPrāt.; (hence) the number twenty, VarBṛ.; a collective N. of the metreskṛiti, prak^o a , āk^o, vik^o, saṃk^o, abhik^o, and utkṛiti; a square number,VarBṛ.; (in dram.) confirmation of any obtainment, Ṡāh.; Daṡar.; Pratāpar.; N. of the 'wife of Saṃhrāda and mother of Pan̄ ca-jana, BhP. vi, I8, I3; (is), m., N. of several persons, MBh. ii, 320 & 1882; Hariv.; BhP.; MārkP.; of a pupil of Hiraṇya-nābha, VāyuP. -kara, m. ' practising magic or enchantment," N. of Rāvaṇa, L.; (cf. kṛityā-rāvaṇa.) -mat, m., N. of a prince (son of Yavī-nara), BhP. ix, 2I, 27. -ratha, m., N. of a prince, VP. -rāta, m., N. of a prince, R.; VP.; BhP. -roman, m., N. of a son of Kṛiti-rāta, R. i, 73, 10 & II. -sādhya-tva, n. the state of being accomplishsed by exertion.

Kṛitin, mfn. one who acts, active, MBh. xii, 8682; xiii, 305; expert, clever, skilful, knowing, learned (with loc. or ifc.), MBh.; Ragh.; Bhartṛ. &c.; good, virtuous, L.; pure, pious, L.; obeying, doing what is enjoined, W.; one who has attained an object or accomplished a purpose, satisfied, Ṡak.; Ragh.; Vikr. &c.; (ī), m., N. of a son of Cyavana and father of Upari-cara, BhP. ix, 22, 5; N. of a son of Saṃnatimat, ib. 2I, 28. Kṛiti-tva, n. the state of one who has attained any object, Kathās.

Kṛitnù, mfn. working well, able to work, skilful, clever, an artificer or mechanic, artist, RV.; (us), m., N. of a Ṛishi (author of RV. viii, 79), RAnukr.

Kṛitya, mfn. ' to be done or performed,' (am), n. ind. anybody (gen.) is concerned about (instr.), Mṛicch.; practicable, feasible, W.; right, proper to be done, MBh.; R. &c.; one who may be seduced from allegiance or alliance, who may be bribed or hired (as an assassin), Rājat. v, 247; (in med.) to be treated or attended with (in comp.), Suṡr.; (as), m. (scil. pratyaya) the class of affixes forming the fut. p. Pass, (as tavya, anīya, ya, elima, &c.), Pān.; a kind of evil spirit (named either with or without the addition of yaksha, mānusha, asura,&c.), Buddh. (perhaps v. 1. for ^otyā below); (ā), f. (Pāṇ. iii, 3, Ioo) action, act, deed, performance, achievement, AV. v, 9, 8; Mn. xi, 125;MBh. xii, 3837; (with gen. rujas) ill usage or treatment, Mn. xi, 67; magic, enchantment, AV. &c.; (especially personified) a kind of female evil spirit or sorceress, RV. x, 85, 28 & 29; VS. &c.; a female deity to whom sacrifices are offered for destructive and magical purposes, L.; N. of a river, MBh. vi, 9, I8; (am), n. what ought to be done, what is proper or fit, duty, office, Mn.; R. &c.; action, business, performance, service, Ṡak.; Sarvad. &c.; purpose, end, object, motive, cause, MBh. &c. -kalpa-taru, m., N. of a work on jurisprudence. -kalpa-druma, m. id. -kalpalatā, f., N. of a work by Vācaspati-miṡra. Kaumudī, f., N. of a work. -cintā, f. thinking of any possibility, Nyāyam. -cintāmaṇi , m., N. of a work by Ṡiva-rāma. -jña, mfn. one who knows what is to be done, learned. -tattva, n. 'the true nature of duty or obligation,' N. of a work. -^otama, n. anything most proper or fit, MBh. -tā, f. seduction from allegiance or alliance, Suṡr. -pradīpa, m., -mañjarī, f., -mahârṇava, m., -ratna, n., -ratnâkara, m., -ratnâvali, f., -rāja, m., N. of works. -vat, mfn. having any business, engaged in any occupation, MBh. i, 5I53 ff.; having any request, MBh. iii, 270,6; wanting, longing for (instr.), R. vii, 92, I5; having the power to do something (loc.), R. iii, 75, 66. -vartman, n. the right way or manner in which any object is to be effected. -vid, mfn. knowing duty, Daṡ. -vidhi, m. the way to do anything, rule, precept. -ṡesha, mfn. one who has left some work to be done, who has not finished his task, BhP. iii, 2, I4. -sāra, m.' essence of what is to be done,' N. of a work. -Kṛityâkṛitya, n. what is to be done and what is not to be done, right and wrong, Suṡr.;Pañcat.; Sāh.

Kṛitríma, mf(ā)n. made artificially, factitious, artificial, not naturally or spontaneously produced, RV.; AV. &c.; falsified, Yājn̄ . ii, 247; Kathās.; not natural, adopted (as a son), Mn.; Yājñ. ii, I3I; MBh.; Kathās.; assumed, simulated; not necessarily connected with the nature of anything, adventitious, Pañcat.; (as), m. incense, olibanum, L.; an adopted s on, L.; (am), n. a kind of salt (the common Bit Noben, or Bit Lavan [vid-lavaṇa, obtained by cooking), L.; a kind of perfume ( =javādi), L.; sulphate of copper (used as a collyrium), L.; (ā), f. channel, Gal. -tā, f. shrewdness, cunningness, Mcar. -tva, n. the being made, factitiousness. -dhūpa, m. incense, olibanum, L. -dhūpaka, m. compound perfume (containing ten or eighteen ingredients).-putra, m, an adopted son, W. -putraka, m. a doll, Kum. 1,29; (ikā), f. id., Kathās. xxiv, 29. -bhūmi, f. an artificial floor, W. -mitra, n. an acquired friend (on whom benefits have been conferred or from whom they have been received), Yājñ., Sch. -ratna, n. ' false jewel,' glass, Npr. -vana, n. a plantation, park. -ṡatru, m. an acquired enemy, W. -Kṛitrimâri, m. id., Comm. on Yājñ. Kṛitimârti, mfn. feigning to be lowspirited, Daṡ. Kṛitrimôdāsīna, m. an acquired neutral, Comm. on Yājñ.

Krítvan, mf(vari) n. causing, effecting (ifc.), Lāṭy.; active, busy, RV. viii, 24, 25; ix, 65, 23; x, I44. 3; (īs), Ved- f- pl. (=kṛityās) the magic powers, AV, iv, I8, I.

Kṛitvarī, f. of kṛitvan, q. v.

Kṛitvas, ind. at the end of a numeral or numeral adjective, = fold, times (e. g. daṡa-kṛitvas, ten limes; bahu-k^o, many times; pañca-k^o, fivefold, Pāṇ. ii, 3, 64). In the Veda kṛitvas is used as a separate word (e. g. bhūri k^o, many times, RV. iii, I8, 4;páñcak^o, TS. vi), but according to Pāṇ. v, 4, I7 & 20 (Vop. vii, 70) it is only an affix, and it if so used in classical Sanskṛit; it was originally an acc. pl. fr.kṛitu, formed by the affix tufr.√I. kṛi; ( cf. also kṛit in sakṛit.)

Kṛitvā, ind. p. having done, see s.v.√I. kṛi;.

Kṛitvāya, I.kṛitvī, ind. p. See ib.

Kṛitvya, mfn. one who is able to perform anything, strong, efficacious, RV.; having accomplished many deeds, exerting one's power, RV.

Kriyamāṇa, mfn. (pr. Pass, p.) being done &c.

mf(ī, rarely ā)n. (√I. kṛi;), a doer, maker, causer, doing making causing producing (esp. ifc.; cf. duḥkhakara, bhayaṃ- k^o, sampat– k^o &c.; cf. Lat. cerus, ‘creator’), AV. Xiii, 2, 2; Mn.; Pañcat. &c.; helping promoting, RV. i, II6, I3; (as), m the act ofdomg, making &c. (ifc.; cf. īshatkarasu-k^o dush-k^o&c-); 'the door,' the hand, RV. x, 67, 6; MBh.; Mn. &c.; a measure (the , breadth of twenty-four thumbs); an elephant's trunk, MBh.; Pañcat. &c.; the claws of a crab Hit.; symbolical expression for the number two; the lunar mansion Hasta, VarBṛS. –

Karaṇa (once karaná, RV. i, II9, 7), mf(ī) n. doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.; cf. antakaraṇa, ushṇaṃ-k^o, &c.), R. &c.; clever, skilful, RV. i, II9, 7; (as), m. a helper, companion, AV. vi, 46, 2; xv, 5, I-6; xix, 57, 3; a man of a mixed class (the son of an outcast Kshatriya, Mn. x, 22; or the son of a Ṡūdra woman by a Vaiṡya, Yājñ. i, 92; or the son of a Vaiṡya woman by a Kshatriya, MBh. i, 2446; 452I; the occupation of this class is writing, accounts &c.); a writer, scribe, W.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech (or as separated from the context; in this sense usually n.), Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. iii, I, 4I; Pat.; Comm. on RPrāt.; (in mus.) a kind of time, Kum. vi, 40; (ī), f. a woman of the above mixed tribe, Yājñ. i, 95; (with sutā) an adopted daughter, R. (ed. Gorr.) i, I9, 9; (in arithm.) a surd or irrational number, surd root; the side of a square, Ṡulbas.; Comm. on VS.; a particular measure, Comm. on Kāty- Ṡr.; a particular position of the fingers;(am),n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting, ṠBr.; MBh. &c. (very often ifc., e.g. mushṭi-k^o, virupa – k^o); an act, deed, RV.; an action (esp. a religious one), Yājñ. i, 250; R.; the special business of any tribe or caste, L.; a calculation (esp. an astronomical one), VarBṛS.; an astrological division of the day (these Karaṇas are eleven, viz. vava, valava, kaulava,taitila, gara, vaṇija, vishṭi, ṡakuni, catushpada, kintughna, and nāga, two being equal to a lunar day; the first seven are called a-dhruvāṇi or movable, and fill, eight times repeated, the space from the second half of the first day in the moon's increase to the first half of the fourteenth day in its wane; the four others are dhruvāṇi or fixed, and occupy the four half-days from the second half of the fourteenth day in the wane of the moon to the first half of the first day in its increase), VarBṛS.; Suṡr. &c.; pronunciation, articulation, Aprāt.; (in Gr.) a sound or word as an independent part of speech, separated from its context, Pāṇ.; Kāṡ. &c., (karaṇa may be used in this way like kāra, e.g. iti-karaṇa,ṠāṅkhṠr.); the posture of an ascetic; a posture in sexual intercourse; instrument, means of action, Ṡvet- Up.; Yājñ.; Megh.; an organ of sense or of speech, VPrāt.; PārGṛ.; (in law) an instrument, document, bond, Mn. viii, 5I; 52; I54; (in Gr.) the means or instrument by which an action is effected, the idea expressed by the instrumental case, instrumentality, Pāṇ. i, 4, 42; ii, 3, I8; iii, 2, 45; cause ( = kāraṇa); a spell, charm, Kathās. (cf. karaṇa -prayoga); rhythm, time, Kum.; body, Megh.; Kum.; Kād.; N. of a treatise of Varāha-mihira on the motion of the planets; of a work belonging to the Ṡiva-darṡana; a field, L.; the mind, heart,W. (cf. antaḥ-karaṇa); grain, W.

Karaṇi, is, f. doing, making (cf. a-karaṇi); form, aspect, Bālar. &c.

Karaṇin, mfn. having instruments, VP.; (ī), m., N. of a teacher.

Karaṇīya, mfn. to be done or made or effected &c., MBh.; R.&c.

Kari,mfn. (ifc.) causing, accomplishing (cf. ṡakṛit-k^o); (is), m. the hand, L.

Karin, mfn. doing, effecting &c.;Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. ii 3, 70 (ī), m.

Kárishṭha, mfn. (superl.) doing most, doing very much, RV. vii, 97, 7.

Karishṇu,mfn. (ifc.) doing, accomplishing, Daṡ.

Karishyá, mfn, to be done [-kartavya, Sāy.], RV. i, I65, 9.

Karishyat, mm. (fut. p. of √kṛi, q. v.) about to do; future, AitBr.

Karīyas, mfn. (compar.) one who does more, W.(?)

a-kartṛi, tā, m. not an agent, N. applied to the purusha (in Sāṅkhya phil.); not active (in Gr.) -tva n. state of non-agency.

a-karmán, mfn. not working; not performing good works, wicked, RV. x, 22, 8; inefficient; (in Gr.) intransitive; (a ), n. absence of work; observances; improper work, crime.

Akarmabhoga, m. enjoyment of freedom from action. Akarmânvita, mfn. unoccupied; disqualified.

A-karmaṇya, mfn. improper to be done; unfit for work; inefficient.

a-kāraṇa, mfn. causeless; (am), n. absence of a cause; (am, ena, e, āt), ind. causelessly. A-kāraṇôtpanna, mfn. produced spontaneously.

A-kārin, mfn. inactive, not performing, (gaṇagra- hâdi, q. v.)

a-kārya, mfn. not to be done, improper; (am), n. a criminal action. Kārin, mfn. an evil-doer; neglecting duty.

á -kṛita, mf(ā)n. undone, not committed; not made, uncreated; unprepared, incomplete; one who has done no works; (am), n. an act never before committed, AitBr.; (ā), f. a daughter who has not been made putrikā, or a sharer in the privileges of a son, Pāṇ. -kāram, ind. in a way not done before, Pāṇ. -jña, mfn. not acknowledging benefits, ungrateful. -Jña-tā, f. ingratitude. -buddhi, mfn. having an unformed mind. -buddhitva, n. ignorance. -vraṇa, m., N. of a commentator on the Purāṇas, VP.; of a companion of RāmaJāmadagnya, MBh.; of a teacher. Akṛitâtman, mfn. having an unformed mind; not yet identified with the supreme Spirit. Akṛitârtha, mfn. having one's object unaccomplished, unsuccessful. Akṛitâstra, mfn. unpractised in arms, MBh.

A-kṛitin, mfn. unfit for work, not clever. Akṛiti- tva, n. unfitness for work.

A-kṛitya, mfn. not to be done, criminal; (am), n. crime. -kārin, mfn. evil-doer, MBh.

a-kriya, mfn. without works; inactive; abstaining from religious rites; impious; (ā) f. inactivity; neglect of duty.

a-kṛitrima, mf(ā)n. inartificial.

Ambū-kṛita, mfn. (ambū used onomatopoetically to denote by trying to utter mb the effect caused by shutting the lips on pronouncing a vowel), pronounced indistinctly (so that the words remain too much in the mouth); [in later writers derived fr.ambu, water] sputtered, accompanied with saliva, Pat.; Lāṭy. (an-, neg.); (am), n. a peculiar indistinct pronunciation of the vowels, RPrāt.; Pat.; roaring (of beasts) accompanied with emission of saliva, Uttarar.; Mālatīm.

áyas, n. iron, metal, RV. &c.; an iron weapon (as an axe, &c.), RV. vi, 3, 5 & 47, I0; gold, Naigh.; steel, L.; [cf. Lat. , aes, ar- is for aes – is; Goth. ais, Thema aisa; Old Germ, êr&, ' iron;' Goth, eisarn; Mod. Germ. Eisen.] – kāra, m. a blacksmith, Pāṇ. viii, 3, 46, Sch., Pāṇ. ii, 4, I0, Sch. & viii, 3, 46, Sch.

Arush (in comp. for árus). árus, mfn. wounded, sore, ṠBr.; (us), n. a sore or wound, AV. v, 5, 4;ṠBr. &c.; the sun, Uṇ.; ind. a joint, L. -kara, mfn. causing wounds, wounding, Suṡr.; (as), m. the tree Semecarpus Anacardium; (am), n. the nut of that tree, Suṡr. -kṛita (árush-), mfn. wounded, ṠBr.

A-karaṇi, is, f. non-accomplishment, failure, disappointment (used in imprecations, e. g. tasyâkaraṇirevâstu bad luck to him l), L.

áṅga, am, n. (√am, Uṇ.), a limb of the body; a limb, member; the body;
+
-vikṛiti, f. change of bodily appearance, collapse; fainting, apoplexy.
-vaikṛita, n. a wink, nod, sign.
-saṃskāra, m. or -saṃskriyā, f. embellishment of person, bathing, perfuming and adorning the body.

Aṅgī (for aṅga in comp. with √I.kṛi and its derivatives), -karaṇa, n. act of taking the side of, assenting, agreeing, promising. -kāra, m. agreement, promise. √I.kṛi, to take the side of; to agree to, assent, promise, confess. -kṛita, mfn. agreed to, promised. -kṛiti, f. agreement, promise.

aty-ā-kāra, as, m. ( √I.kṛi), contempt, blame, Pāṇ. v, I, I34.

Adhi √I.kṛi, to place at the head, appoint; to aim at, regard; to refer or allude to; to superintend, be at the head of (loc.), MBh. iv, 24I: Ā. -kurute, to be or become entitled to (acc.), MBh. iii, I345; to be or become superior to, overcome, Pāṇ. i, 3, 33.

Adhi-karaṇa, am, n. the act of placing at the head or of subordinating government, supremacy, magistracy, court of justice; a receptacle, support; a claim; a topic, subject; (in philosophy) a substratum; a subject (e. g. ātman is the adhi-karaṇa of knowledge); a category; a relation; (in Gr.) government; location, the sense of the locative case; relationship of words in a sentence (which agree together, either as adjective and substantive, or as subject and predicate, or as two substantives in apposition); (in rhetoric) a topic; a paragraph or minor section; (mfn.), having to superintend, -bhojaka, m. a judge. -maṇḍapa, m. n. the hall of justice. -mālā, f. a compendium of the topics of the Vedānta by Bhārati-tirtha. -siddhānta, m. a syllogism or conclusion which involves others, Nyāyad. &c. Adhikaraṇâitāvattva, n. fixed quantity of a substratum.

Adhi-kāra, as, m. authority; government, rule, administration, jurisdiction; royalty, prerogative; title; rank; office; claim, right, especially to perform sacrifices with benefit; privilege; ownership; property; reference, relation; a topic, subject; a paragraph or minor section; (in Gr.) government; a governing-rule (the influence of which over any number of succeeding rules is called anu-vṛitti, q. v.) -stha, mfn. established in an office.

Adhikārâḍhya, mfn. invested with rights or privileges.

Adhi-kārin, mfn. possessing authority; entitled to; fit for; (ī), m. a superintendent, governor; an official; a rightful claimant; a man, L. -Adhikāri- tā, f. or -tva, n. authority; rightful claim; ownership, &c.

Adhi-kṛita, mfn. placed at the head of; appointed; ruled, administered; claimed; (as), m. a superintendent (especially a comptroller of public accounts). -tva, n. the being engaged in or occupied with.

Adhi-karaṇya, am, n. authority, power.

Adhikaraṇika or better ādhikaraṇika, as, m. a government official; a judge or magistrate.

Adhi-karman, a, n. superintendence. Adhikarmakara or -karmakṛit, m. an overseer, superintendent. Adhi-karma-kṛita, m. person appointed to superintend an establishment.

Adhi-kṛitī, is, f. a right, privilege; possession.

Adhi-kṛitya, ind. p. having placed at the head, having made the chief subject; regarding; concerning; with reference to.

anu- √kṛi:\

anu- √kṛi, to do afterwards, to follow in doing; to imitate, copy; to equal; to requite; to adopt: Caus. -kārayati, to casuse to imitate.

Anu-kará:

Anu-kará, mfn. imitating, ṠBr.; (ás), m. an assistant, A V. xii, 2, 2.

Anu-karaṇa:

Anu-karaṇa, am, n. the act of imitation or of following an example; resemblance, sissmilarity.

Anu-kartṛi:

Anu-kartṛi, mfn. an imitator, imitating; (tā), m. a mimic, actor, performer.

Anu-karman:

Anu-karman, a, n. imitation; a subsequent rite or ceremony; (ā), m., N. of one of the Viṡvedevās, MBh.

Anu-kāra:

Anu-kāra, as, m. imitation; resemblance.

Anu-kārin:

Anu-kārin, mfn. imitating acting, mimicking.

Anu-kārya:

Anu-kārya, mfn. to be imitated or copied, to be acted (dramatically); (am), n. subsequent business, R.

Anu-kṛita:

Anu-kṛita, mfn. imitated, made like.

Anu-kṛiti:

Anu-kṛiti, is, f. imitation, a copy, compliance.

Anu-kṛitya:

Anu-kṛitya, mfn. fit to be imitated, Pañcat.

Anu-kṛiyā:

Anu-kṛiyā, f. imitation, doing anything in like manner or subsequently; a subsequent rite.

apa-√1kṛi:

apa-√1kṛi, to carry away, remove, drag away; (with gen. or acc.) to hurt, wrong, injure: Caus. -kārayati, to hurt, wrong.

Apa-karaṇa:

Apa-karaṇa, am, n. acting improperly; doing wrong, L.; ill-treating, offending, injuring, L.

Apa-karman:

Apa-karman, a, n. discharge (of a debt), Mn. viii, 4; evil doing, L.; violence, L.; any impure or degrading act, L.

Apa-kāra:

Apa-kāra, as, m. wrong, offence, injury, hurt; despise, disdain. gir [L.], f. or -ṡabda [Pāṇ. viii, I, 8, Sch.], m. an offending or menacing speech. -tā, f. wrong, offence. Apakārârthin, mfn. malicious, malevolent.

Apa-kāraka or apa-kārin:

Apa-kāraka or apa-kārin, mfn. acting wrong, doing ill to (with gen.); offending, injuring.

Apa-kṛita:

Apa-kṛita, mfn. done wrongly or maliciously, offensively or wickedly committed; practised as a degrading or impure act (e. g. menial work, funeral rites, &c.); (am), n. injury, offence.

Apa-kṛiti:

Apa-kṛiti, is, f. oppression, wrong, injury.

Apa-kṛitya:

Apa-kṛitya, am, n. damage, hurt, Pañcat.

Apa-kriyā:

Apa-kriyā, f. a wrong or improper act; delivery, clearing off (debts), Yājn̄ . iii, 234; offence.

a-parishkāra:

a-parishkāra, as, m. want of polish or finish; coarseness, rudeness.

A-parishkṛita:

A-parishkṛita, mfn. unpolished, unadorned, coarse.

A-pratikarman:

A-pratikarman, mfn. of unparalleled deeds, R.

A-pratikāra:

A-pratikāra, [Veṇīs.] or a-pratīkāra [Mn. xii, 80; Kād.], mfn. not admitting of any relief or remedy.

A-pratikārin:

A-pratikārin, mfn. (said of patients) not using a remedy, not permitting the employment of a remedy, Suṡr.

Alaṃ:

Alaṃ, ind. (later form of áram, q. v.), enough, sufficient, adequate, equal to, competent, able.

+

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. making ready, preparation, Kauṡ.; (ifc. f. ā, Kathās.) decoration, ornament, KātyṠr.&c.

+

karaṇin:

karaṇin, mfn. possessed of an ornament, Kathās.

+

karishṇu:

karishṇu, mfn. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 136) fond of ornament, Nir.; (with acc.) decorating, Pāṇ. ii, 3, 69, Sch.; (an-, neg.,) Pān. vi, 2, 160, Sch.; (as), m., N. of Ṡiva.

+

kartṛi:

kartṛi, mfn. one who decorates, L.

+

karmīṇa:

karmīṇa, mfn. competent for any act or work, Pāṇ. v, 4, 7.

+

kārá:

kārá, m. the act of decorating, R. ii, 40, 13; (ifc. f. ā, R. v, 18, 6) ornament, decoration, ṠBr.; TBr. &c.; (in rhetoric) an ornament of the sense or the sound (cf. arthâl^o and ṡabdâl^o ); (alaṃkāra)-kārikā, f., -kaustubha, m., -candrikā, f., -cūḍāmaṇi, m., -mañjarī, -mālā, -muktâvalī, f. different works on rhetoric; -vatī, f. ' the decorated one,' N. of the ninth Lambaka in the Kathāsaritsāgara ; -ṡāstra, n. a manual or text-book of rhetoric; -ṡīla, m., N. of a prince of the Vidyādharas, Kathās.; -suvarṇa, n. gold used for ornaments, L.; -sūra, m., N. of a kind of meditation, Buddh.; -hīna, mfn. unadorned.

+

kāraka:

kāraka, m. ornament, Mn. vii, 220.

+

kārya:

kārya, mfn. to be adorned or decorated, Sāh.

+

√I kṛi:

√I kṛi, (cf. áraṃ- √I\.kṛi s.v. áram), to make ready, prepare, ṠBr., (ind. p. -kṛitvā, q.v.); to decorate, ornament, R. &c., (ind. p. -kṛitya, q. v.); to impede, check, violate (with gen.), Mn. viii, 16.

+

kṛita:

kṛita, (álaṃ-), mfn. adorned, decorated, ṠBr. &c.; (cf. áraṃ-kṛita s.v. áram.)

+

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. ornament, Kathās.; rhetorical ornament (cf.-kāra above), Sāh.; Kāvyād.

+

kṛítya:

kṛítya, ind. p. having decorated, TBr.; Mn. iii, 28 & v,68.

+

kṛitvā:

kṛitvā, ind. p. having made ready, having prepared, Pāṇ. i, 4, 64, Sch.

+

kriyā:

kriyā, f. decorating, L.; rhetorical ornament.

A-vacas-kara:

A-vacas-kara, mfn. silent, not speaking.

a-vikāra:

a-vikāra, as, m. non-change of form or nature, non-alteration, VPrāt.; Gaut.;Jaim.; (mfn.)unchangeable, immutable,VPrāt.; (gaṇa cārvādi, q.v.) -vat, mfn. not exhibiting any alteration, Kām. -sadṛiṡa, mfn. (gaṇa cārv-ādi, q.v.)

A-vikārin:

A-vikārin, mfn. unchangeable, invariable (as truth), MBh. xii, 5979 & (superl. ^ori-tama) 5986, &c.; unchangeable (in character), faithful, Mn. vii, 1 90; without change, without being changed, Suṡr.; not exhibiting any alteration (in one's features), Kathās.

A-vikārya:

A-vikārya, mfn. invariable, Bhag. ii, 25.

A-vikṛita:

A-vikṛita, mfn. unchanged, TPrāt.; not prepared, not changed by artificial means, being in its natural condition, Āp.; Gaut.; (said of cloth) not dyed, Gaut.; not developed (in its shape), ṠBr. iii; not deformed, not monstrous, Gaut. A'vikṛitâṅga. mfn. having undeveloped limbs (as an embryo), ṠBr. iv.

A-vikṛiti:

A-vikṛiti, is, f. unchangeableness, Sāy. on RV. i, 164, 36.

A- vikriya:

A-vikriya, mf(ā)n. unchangeable, invariable, Ragh. x, 17; BhP.; not showing any alteration (in one's features), Kathās.; not exhibiting any difference, quite similar, Rājat.; (ā), f. 'unchangeableness,' see avikriyâtmaka below. -tva, n. unchangeableness, Sāy. on RV. i, 164, 36; Kull. On Mn. vi, 92. Avikriyâtmaka, mfn. whose nature is unchangeableness, Vedāntas.

Asṛik:

Asṛik, (in comp. for dsṛij).

+

kara:

kara, m. ' forming blood,' lymph, chyle, L.

astrá:

astrá, am, n. (exceptionally as, m., Hariv. 10703, &c.), (√2. as), a missile weapon, bolt, arrow, AV. xi, IO, 16; MuṇḍUp. &c.; a weapon in general, L.; a sword, L.; a bow, L.; N. of Mantra (pronounced, for instance, before reading a book or while kindling a fire &c.), BhavP. &c.; N. of the mystical syllable phat, RāmatUp. [cf. Gk. äσγρoγ and áσγήρ, ' that which throws out or emits rays of light '(?)].

+

kāra or kāraka:

kāra or kāraka, m. a maker of weapons, armourer, L.

+

kārin:

kārin, m. id., L.

asthi:

asthi, i,n. (see asthán), abone, AV.; VS. &c.; the kernel of a fruit, Suṡr, (cf. 3. ashṭī); [Lat. os, ossis assimilated fr. ostis; Gk. tariov.~]\ -kuṇḍa, n. a hole filled with bones (part of the hell), BrahmavP. -kṛit, n. marrow, L. -ketu, m., N. of a Ketu, VarBṛS. -cchallita, n. a particular fracture of the bones, Suṡr. -ja, mfn. produced in the bones, AV. i, 23, 4; (as), m. marrow, L.; ( = -sambhava below) the thunderbolt, L. (cf. aksha- ja). -tuṇḍa, m. 'whose mouth or beak consists of bone,' a bird, L. -tejas, n. marrow, L. -toda, m. pain in the bones, L. -tvac, f. the periosteum, L. -danta-maya, mfn. made of bones or ivory, Mn. v, 121. -dhanvan, m. a N. of Ṡiva, L. -pañjara, m. 'cage of bones,' a skeleton, L. -bandhana, n. a sinew, R. v, 42, 20. -bhaksha, m. 'eating bones,' a dog, L. -bhaṅga, m. fracture of the bones; the plant Vitis Quadrangularis, L. -bhuj, m. =-bhaksha, q. v., L,. -bhūyas (ásthi-), mfn. consisting chiefly of bones, dried up, AV. v, 18, 13. -bheda, m. fracturing or wounding a bone; a sort of bone. -mat, mfn. having bones, vertebrated, Mn.; Yājñ. iii, 269. -maya, mf(ī)n. bony, consisting of bones, full of bones, Rājat. &c. -mālā, f. 'necklace of bones,' N. of a work. -mālin, m. 'having a necklace of bones, i. e. of skulls,' Siva. -yajña, m. bonesacrifice (part of a funeral ceremony), KātyṠr. -yuj, m. the plant Vitis Quadrangularis, L. -vilaya, m. the dissolving of bones (in a sacred stream). -ṡṛinkhalā, f. id., L. -samhāra, m. or^o ri, f. id., L. -saṃhāraka, m. id., Bhpr.; ' bone-seizer,' the adjutant bird, L. -saṃcaya, m. or -saṃcayana, n. the ceremony of collecting the bones (after burning a corpse), Comrn. on KātyṠr. -sandhi, m. a joint, Car. -samarpaṇa, n. throwing the bones of a dead body into the Ganges, L. -sambhava, mfn. consisting of bones (said ofthe Vajra or thunderbojt), MBh. i, 1514; 'produced in the bones," marrow, L. -sāra, m. marrow, L. -sthūṇa, mfn. having the bones for its pillars (as the body), Mn. vi, 76. -sneha or -snehaka, m. marrow, L. -sran\sá, mfn. causing the bones to fall asunder, AV. vi, 14, I.

Ahaṃ:

Ahaṃ, (in comp. for ahám). I.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. conceit or conception of individuality, BhP.

kartavya:

kartavya, mfn. ‘to be done by self, being the object of Ahaṃkāra, PraṡnaUp.

kāra:

kāra, m. conception of one's individuality, self-consciousness, ChUp. &c.; the making of self, thinking of self, egotism, MBh. &c.; pride, haughtiness, R. &c.; (in Sāṅkhya phil.) the third of the eight producers or sources of creation, viz. the conceit or conception of individuality, individualization; (ahaṃkāra)- vat, mfn. selfish, proud, L.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. proud, Kathās.; Daṡar.

kārya:

kārya, mfn. = -kartavya, q. v., Vedāntas.; (am), n. ' that which is to be done by one's self,' any personal object or business, MBh. iii, 11206.

√1.kṛi:

√1.kṛi, (Pot. -kuryāt) to have the conceit of individuality, BhP.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. conscious of one's individuality, Yājñ. iii, 151; egotistic, Bhag. xviii, 17; VP. &c.; proud, haughty, MBh. i, 8252, &c.

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. = -karaṇa, q. v., Bh. (an-, neg., adj. 'free from the conceit of individuality').

Ahas:

Ahas, the base of the middle cases of áhar, instr. pl. áhobhis [RV. (twice); VS.; ṠBr. &c.], dat. abl. áhobhyas [VS. &c.], loc. ahassu [ṠBr. x; AitBr. &c.]

kara:

kara, m. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 2 1; gaṇa kaskâdi, q.v. ) 'producing the day,' the sun, Rājat.; Bālar.

            ā-√1.kṛi:

ā-√1.kṛi, kṛi, -kṛiṇoti (Impv. 2. sg. P. -kṛidhi and Ā. -kriṇushva; perf. Ā. -cakre) to bring near or towards, RV.: Ā. (Subj. I. pl. karāmahe; impf.-akṛiṇuta; perf.-cakre, p. -cakrāṇá) to drive near or together (as cows or cattle), RV. x: P. (Impv. 3. sg. -kṛidhi; ind. p. -kṛitya) to drive near, AV.; (perf. I. pl. -cakrimá) to serve or prepare a sacrifice to (ḍat.), RV. iv, 17, 18; (impf. âkarot) to call near (a deity), MBh. v, 426: Caus. -kārayati, to call near, invite to a place, MBh. iii, 1 5546 seq.; Pañcat.; Daṡ.; to ask any one (acc.) for anything (acc.), R. ii, 13, 2: Des. -cikīrshati, to intend to accomplish, Daṡ,: Intens. p. -carikrat, attracting repeatedly towards one's self, AV. xi, 5, 6.

            Ā-kāra:

Ā-kāra, as, m. (ifc. f. ā, R. i, 28, 24; Ragh. xii, 41) form, figure, shape, stature, appearance, external gesture or aspect of the body, expression of the face (as furnishing a clue to the disposition of mind), Mn.; MBh. &c.-gupti, f. or -gūhana or -gopana, n. concealing or suppressing (any expression of the face or any gesture that might show) one's feelings, dissimulation, L. -mat, mfn. with √vah, ' to behave with a particular behaviour,' affect a gesture or appearance, Rājat. -vat, mfn. having a shape, embodied, Kathās.; well-formed, handsome, N. – varṇa-suṡlakshṇa, mfn. delicate in shape and colour.

            Ā-kāraṇa:

            Ā-kāraṇa, am, n. calling, summoning, Pañcat; (ā), f. id., L.

            Ā-kāraṇīya:

            Ā-kāraṇīya, mfn. to be called, Pañcat.

            Ākārita:

            Ākārita, mfn. ifc. having the shape of Vedāntas.

            Ā-kṛita:

            Ā-kṛita, mfn. arranged, built (as a house), RV. viii, 10, I; done (as evil or good) to any one, VarBṛS.

            Ā-kṛiti:

Ā-kṛiti, is, f. a constituent part, RV. x, 85, 5 (cf. dvādasâkṛiti); form, figure, shape, appearance, aspect, KātyṠr.; ṠvetUp.; Mn. &c.; a well-formed shape, VarBṛS.; Mṛicch.; kind, species, Suṡr.; specimen, RPrāt.; a metre (consisting of four lines with twenty-two syllables each), RPrāt. &c.; (hence in arithm.) the number twenty-two; (is), m., N. of a prince, MBh. ii, 1 26 & 1 165 (v. 1. āṃ-kṛiti). – gaṇa, m. a list of specimens, collection of words belonging to a particular grammatical rule (not exhibiting every word belonging to that rule but only specimens, whereas a simple Gaṇa exhibits every word), Pāṇ. Kāṡ. [Examples of Ākṛiti-gaṇas are arṡa-ādi, ādy-ādi, kaṇḍv-ādi, &c.] – cchattrā, f. the plant Achyrantes Aspera, L. -mat, mfn. ( = ākāra-vat, q.v.) having a shape, embodied, Kathās. -yoga, m. a certain class of constellations, VarBṛS.

Ā-kṛitī:

Ā-kṛitī, f. (metrically for ākṛiti) from, shape, MBh. xv, 698.

Ā-jñā (2):

Ā-jñā (2), f. order, command, Mn. x, 56; MBh. &c.; authority, unlimited power, Bālar.; N. of the tenth lunar mansion, VarBṛ.; permission (neg. anājñayā, instr. ind. without permission of (gen.), Mn. ix, 199).

+

kara:

kara, m. 'executing an order, a servant R. iv, 9, 4, &c.; (ī), f. a female servant. Ṡak.;  (ājñākara)- tva, n. the office of a servant, Vikr.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. one who executes orders, a minister, L.

Āyush:

Āyush, (in comp. for āyus).

kara:

kara, mfn. causing or creating long life, Kād.

kāraṇa:

kāraṇa, n. cause of longevity, Sāh.

kṛít:

kṛít, mfn. producing or creating long life, AV.

Āvísh:

Āvísh, (in comp. for āvís)

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. and

kāra:

kāra, m. making visible, manifestation, Sāh.

+

√I.kṛi:

√I.kṛi, to make apparent; to reveal, uncover; to show, RV.; AV.; ṠBr.; Sāh. &c.

+

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. made visible, revealed; uncovered; evident, manifest; known, Mn.; Ragh.;             Kum. &c.

īshát:

īshát, ind. (gaṇa svar-ādi, Pāṇ. i, I, 37; for the use of īshat see Pāṇ. iii, 3, 126, &c.) little, a little, slightly, ṠBr.; R.; Suṡr. &c.

kara:

kara, (īshat), mf (ī)n. doing little; easy to be accomplished Prab.

Úttara(1):

Úttara, mfn. (compar. fr. I. ud; opposed to adhara; declined Gram. 238 a), upper, higher superior (e.g. uttare dantās, the upper teeth), RV.;

kriyā:

kriyā, f. the last (sacred) action, funeral rites, obsequies.

Udaká:

Udaká, am, n. water, RV.: AV.; KātyṠr.; ṠBr.; MBh. &c.; the ceremony of offering water to a dead person, Gaut.; (udakaṃ√dā or pra- \√dā or √1. kṛi, to offer water to the dead [with gen. or dat.], Yājñ.; Mn.; R. &c.; cf. upa-√spṛiṡ); ablution (as a ceremony, see udakârtha); a particular metre, RPrāt.

karman:

karman, n. presentation of water (to dead ancestors as far as the fourteenth degree), PārGr.

kārya:

kārya, n. id., R.; ablution of the body, MBh.

kriyā:

kriyā, f. = -karman above, Gaut. xiv, 40; Mn.; Yājñ. &c.

upa-√1.kṛi:

upa-√1.kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to bring or put near to, furnish with, provide, Mn.; Vikr.; Ratnāv.; to assist, help, favour, benefit, cause to succeed or prosper, R.; Mn.; Megh. &c.; to foster, take care of; to serve, do homage to (with ace.; only Ā. by Pāṇ. i, 3, 32; but see MBh. i, 6408), ṠBr.; Rājat. &c.; to undertake, begin, set about, R.; to scold, insult, Vop. xxiii, 25; upa-skṛi (s inserted or perhaps original), Ā. -skurute, to add, supply, Pāṇ.; Vop.; Siddh.; to furnish with; to prepare, elaborate, arrange, get ready; to adorn, decorate, ornament; to deform, disfigure, derange, disorder, spoil; to take care for, Pāṇ.; Bhaṭṭ.; Kāṡ.; to bring together, assemble.

Upa-karaṇa:

Upa-karaṇa, am, n. the act of doing anything for another, doing a service or favour, helping, assisting, benefiting, Pañcat.; Sāh.; Subh. &c.; instrument, implement, machine, engine, apparatus, paraphernalia (as the vessels at a sacrifice &c.), KātyṠr.; ṠāṅkhGṛ.; Yājñ.; Mn. &c.; anything added over and above, contribution, expedient; means of subsistence, anything supporting life; any object of art or science; anything fabricated, Mn.; Suṡr.; Kathās.; Car. &c.; the insignia of royalty, W.; the attendants of a king, L. vat (upakaraṇá^o), mfn. furnished with means or instruments or implements, competent to do anything, ṠBr.; Car. Upakaraṇârtha, mfn. suitable (as a meaning), requisite, Car.

Upa-karaṇī- √1.kri:

Upa-karaṇī- √1.kri, to cause to be an instrument, make dependent, Hit.; Hcar.; Kād. Upakaraṇi- √bhū, to become an instrument become or be dependent, Kād.

Upa-karaṇīya:

Upa-karaṇīya, mfn. to be helped or assisted &c.

Upa-kartṛī:

Upa-kartṛī, m((trī)n. one who does a favour, one who benefits, a helper, MBh.; Ragh.; Hit.; Sāh.

Upa-kāra:

Upa-kāra, as, m. help, assistance, benefit, service, favour; use, advantage, MBh.; Yājñ.; Hit; Vikr. &c.; (upakāre √vṛit, to be of service to another, R.); preparation, ornament, decoration, embellishment (as garlands suspended at gateways on festivals, flowers &c.), Suṡr.; L.; (ī), f. a royal tent; a palace; a caravansera, L. -para, mfn. intent on doing benefits or good, beneficent. Upakārâpakāra, au, m. du. kindness and injury.

Upa-kāraka:

Upa-kāraka, mf(ikā) n. doing a service or favour, assisting, helping, benefiting; suitable, requisite, Hit.; Kathās.; Sarvad. &c.; subsidiary, subservient; accessory, Sarvad.; (ikā), f. a protectress, L.; a female assistant, L.; a palace, a caravansera, L.; a kind of cake, L. -tva, n. the state of being helpful or assisting, Sarvad.

Upa-kārin:

Upa-kārin, mfn. helping, assisting, doing a favour; a benefactor; subsidiary, subservient, requisite, MBh.; Pan̄ cat.; Ṡak.; Vedāntas. &c. Upakāri- tva, n. aid, succour, protection, Bhartṛ.

Upa-kārya:

Upa-kārya, mfn. to be helped or assisted, deserving or requiring assistance1 or favour, Sarvad.; Sāh.; KapS.; (ā), f. a royal tent, R.; Ragh.; a king's house, palace; a caravansera; a cemetery, L.

Upa-kṛita:

Upa-kṛita, mfn. helped, assisted, benefited; rendered as assistance, done kindly or beneficently &c.; ifc. gaṇa kṛitâdi, Pāṇ. ii, I, 59; (am), n. help, favour, benefit, Ṡak. 165 a; Sāh.

Upakṛitin:

Upakṛitin, mfn. one who has done or does a favour, a helper &c., gaṇa ishtâdi, Pāṇ v, 2, 88.

Upa-kriyā:

Upa-kriyā, f. the act of bringing near to; favour, assistance, help, benefit, service, Mn.ii, 149; Rājat.; means, expedient; remedy, Car.

Upa-cikīrshu:

Upa-cikīrshu, mfn wishing or intending to do a service favour, Kathās.; Bālar.

Upa-kurvāṇa:

Upa-kurvāṇa, (p. of the Ā. of upa- √I. kṛi,), as, m. a Brahmacārin or student of the Veda who honours his religious teacher by a gift on completing his studies and becoming a Gṛihastha (opposed to the Naishṭhika, who stays with his teacher till death), BhP.; Comm. on ChUp. &c.

Upa-s-kara(1):

Upa-s-kara(1), as, m. (am, n., MBh. v, 7234) any utensil, implement or instrument; any article of household use (as a broom, basket &c.), appurtenance, apparatus, MBh.; Suṡr.; Mn. &c.; an ingredient, condiment, spice, L.; N. of a Ṛishi, BrahmaP.; ornament, decoration, T.; blame, censure, W.

Upa-s-karaṇa:

Upa-s-karaṇa, am, n. the act of decorating, embellishing, ornamenting; ornament, embellishment, T.

Upa-s-kāra:

Upa-s-kāra, as, m. anything additional, a supplement, Kir.; Comm. on Ragh. 7, &c.; decoration, decorating, T.

Upa-s-kṛita:

Upa-s-kṛita, mfn. furnished with, Suṡr.; BhP.; added, supplied, Siddh.; prepared, arranged, elaborated; ornamented, embellished, decorated, adorned, MBh.; R.; Mn.; Bhartṛ. &c.; deformed, deranged, spoiled, Pān.; MBh.; Mn.; assembled,Siddh.; blamed, censured, W.

Upa-s-kṛiti:

Upa-s-kṛiti, is, f. the act of preparing, adorning &c., Comm. on Pāṇ.; a supplement, anything additional, W.

upā - √1.kṛi:

upā- √1.kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute. (Ved. impf. I. sg. -akaram, 3. sg. -akar) to drive or bring near or towards, fetch, RV.; TS. vii; ṠBr.; ĀṡvGṛ.; MBh. iii; to commit to, deliver, make over, give, bestow, grant (kāmam, a wish), MBh.; R.; to procure for one's self, obtain, MBh. iii, 10278; to bring or set about, make preparations (for a sacred ceremonial), undertake, begin, TS.; AitBr.; ṠBr. xiv; Lāṭy.; Mn. &c.; to consecrate, Mn. v, 7; Yājñ. i, 171.

Upâ -karaṇa:

Upâ -karaṇa, am, n. the act of bringing near, fetching, ṠBr.; PārGṛ. &c.; setting about, preparation, beginning, commencing, Āp.; ĀṡvSr. & Gr.; KātyṠr. &c.; commencement of reading the Veda (after the performance of preparatory rites, as initiation &c.), ṠāṅkhGṛ. iv, 5, i; N. of a particular Stotra or prayer at sacrifices, KātyṠr. iii. -vidhi, m., N. of a work.

Upâ-karman:

Upâ-karman, a, n. preparation, setting about, commencement (esp. of reading the Veda), PārGṛ. ii; Mn. iv, 1 19; Yājñ. -prayoga (upâkarma^o), -vidhi, m., N. of works.

Upâ-kṛita:

Upâ-kṛita, mfn. brought or driven near, fetched, AV. ii, 34, 2; prepared, undertaken, begun; attended with evil omens, disastrous, calamitous, L.; (as), m. a sacrificial animal (killed during the recitation ofparticular prayers), L.; disaster, calamity, L.

Upâ-kṛiti:

Upâ-kṛiti, is, f. setting about, beginning, L.

Upākṛitin:

Upākṛitin, mfn. one who prepares or begins, gaṇa ishṭâdi, Pāṇ. v, 2, 88.

urarī, ind. (in one sense connected with uru and in the other with ùras) a particle implying extension or expansion; assent or admission (only in comp. with √I.kṛi and its derivations; cf. urasikṛitvā; also urī √kṛi and aṅgī-√kṛi). -karaṇa, n. the act of admitting, adopting, admission, Sarvad. -kāra, m. id., L. -√kṛi , to make wide, extend; to admit, allow, assent, adopt, Sāh.; Comm. on ChUp.; to adopt, assume, Ṡiṡ. x, I4; to accept, receive, Daṡ.; to promise, agree, Naish. -kṛita,mfn. extended; admitted, adopted; promised, agreed.

urī, ind. (probably connected with ùras,) a particle implying assent or admission or promise. -√kṛi, to adopt, assume, Naish.; to promise, agree, allow, grant, Ragh.; Mālav. &c.; to accept, receive, take part of, Sāh.

kan\\sá, as, am, m. n. (√kam Uṇ. iii, 62), a vessel made of metal, drinking vessel, cup, goblet, AV. x, 10, 5; AitBr.; ṠBr. &c.; (a noun ending in as followed by kan\sa in a compound does not change its final, cf. ayas-kan\sa, &c., Pāṇ. Viii 3, 46);_ a particular measure ( = two Āḍhakas, Car.; = one Āḍhaka, L.); a metal, tutanag or white copper, brass, bell-metal;

-kāra, m. a worker in white copper or brass, bell-founder (considered as one of the mixed castes), BrahmavP.

Kaṇḍū, ūs, f. itching, the itch, Suṡr.; Kum. &c.; scratching, Ṡāntiṡ.; (cf. sa – kaṇḍūka.)

-karī, f. Mucuna Pruritus, L.

kád, ind. (originally the neuter form of the interrogative pronoun ka), a particle of interrogation ( = Lat. nonne, num), RV.; anything wrong or bad, BhP. vii, 5, 28; =sukha,Nigh.
+
-ākāra, mfn. ill-formed, ugly, L.

kará, mf (ī, rarely ā) n. (√I.kṛi), a doer, maker, causer, doing making causing producing (esp. ifc.; cf. duḥkhakara, bhayaṃ-k^o, sampat-k^o, &c.; cf Lat 'cerus ‘creator '), AV. xii, 2, 2; Mn.;Pañcat. &c.; helping, promoting, RV. i, II6, I3; (as), m the act of doing, making &c. (ifc.; cf. īshatkara, su-k^o dush-k^o ' &c); 'the doer.'

Káraṇa, (once karaṇá, RV. i, II9, 7), mf(ī)n. doing, making, effecting, causing (esp. ifc.; cf. antakaraṇa, ushṇam-k^o, &c.), R. &c.; clever, skilful, RV. i, II9, 7; (as), m. a helper, companion, AV. Vi, 46, 2, xv, 5, 1-6; xix, 57, 3 a particular position of the fingers; (am), n. the act of making, doing, producing, effecting, ṠBr.; MBh. &c. (very often ifc., e.g. mushṭi-k^o, virūpa-k^o); an act, deed, RV.; an action. (esp. a religious one) instrument, means of action, Ṡvet-Up.; Yājñ.; Megh.; an organ of sense or of speech, VPrāt.; PārGṛ.; (in law) an instrument, document, bond, Mn. viii, 5I; 52; I54; (in Gr.) the means or instrument by which an action is effected, the idea expressed by the instrumental case, instrumentality, Pāṇ. i, 4, 42; ii, 3, 18; iii. 2,45.

Karaṇi, is, f. doing, making (cf. a-karaṇi); form, aspect, Bālar. &c.

Karaṇin,mfn. having instruments, VP.; (ī), m., N. of a teacher.

Karaṇīya,mfn. to be done or made or effected &c., MBh.; R.&c.

Karaṇḍa, as, (ī, L.), am, mfn. (Uṇ. i, I28) a basket or covered box of bamboo wicker-work, BhP.;Bhartṛ. &c.; a bee-hive, honey-comb, L.; (as), m. a sword, L.; a sort of duck, L.; a species of plant ( = dalādhaka), L.; (am), n. a piece of wood, block, Bhpr. -phalaka, m. Feronia Elephantum, L. -vyūha, m., N. of a Buddhist work.

Karin, mfn. doing, effecting &c.;Kāṡ on Pāṇ.

Kárishṭha,mfn. (superl.) doing most, doing very much, RV. vii, 97, 7.

Karishṇu, mfn. (ifc.) doing, accomplishing, Daṡ.

Karishyá, mfn, to be done [=kartavya, Sāy.], RV. i, I65, 9.

Karishyat, mfn. (fut. p. of √kṛi, q. v.) about to do; future, AitBr.

Karīyas, mfn. (compar.) one who does more, W.(?)

karùṇa, mf(ā)n. (√I.kṛī, Uṇ. iii, 53; but in some of its meanings fr.√I.kṛi), mournful, miserable, lamenting, MBh.; Daṡ. &c.; compassionate BhP.; (am), ind. mournfully, wofully, pitifully, in distress, MBh.; Pañcat.; Vet. &c.; (as), m. ' causing pity or compassion,' one of the Rasas or sentiments of a poem, the pathetic sentiment, Sāh. &c.; Citrus Decumana, L.; a Buddha, L.; N. of an Asura, Hariv.; (ā), f. pity, compassion, BhP.;\ Ragh.; Pañcat. &c; one of the four Brahma-vihāras (Buddh.); the sentiment of compassion (cf. above), L.; a particular tone (in mus.); (ī), f. a particular plant, L.; (am), n. an action, holy work, RV. i, Ioo, 7; AV. xii, 3, 47; TS. i.

Karuṇāya, Nom. P. (MBh.) Ā. (Pāṇ.) karuṇāyati, -te, to be compassionate, pity.

Karuṇīn, mfn. (fr.karuṇā, gaṇaṡukhâdi, Pāṇ. v, 2, I3I), being in a pitiful condition, pitiable; compassionate, pitiful.

karká, mf(ī)n. (√Ikṛi, Uṇ. iii, 40; cf. karaṅka), white, AV.iv, 38, 6; 7; good, excellent, W.; (as), m. a white horse, MBh.; a crab, L.; the sign Cancer; a water-jar, L.; fire, L.; a mirror, L.; a younger brother of the father, L.; beauty, L.; a particular gem, L.; N. of a plant (= karkaṭa), L.; N. of a commentator; (ā), f. a white mare, Kathās. cxxi, 278. -khaṇḍa,ās, m. pl., N. of a people, MBh. -candrêṡvara-tantra, n., N. of a Tantra. -cirbhiṭā, f. a species of cucumber, L. phala, n., N. of a plant, L. -rāja, m., N. of a man. -vallī, f. Achyranthes Aspera, L. -sāra, n. flour or meal mixed with curds, L. -svāmin, m., N. of a man. Karkâksha, mfn. 'White-eyed' (said of the owl), Pañcat. (ed. Bombay). Karkâhva, m. N. of a plant, L.

Kártavyaand kartavyâ, mfn. (fut. pass. p. of √I.kṛi , q. v.) to be done or made or accomplished &c., TS.; ṠBr.; AitBr.; Mn. &c.; (am), n. that which ought to be done, obligation, duty, task, MBh.; Pañcat.; Kathās. &c. -tā, f., -tva, n. the state of being necessary to be done or accomplished, Sāh.; necessity, obligation, task, Yājñ.; Hit. &c. the possibility or suitableness of being done, Tattvas.

Kartu (for Kartum inf. of √I. kṛi, q.v.) -kāma, mfn. desirous or intending to do.

Kartṛí, mfn. one who makes or does or acts or effects, a doer, maker, agent, author (with gen. or acc. or ifc., cf. bhaya-kartṛi, &c.), RV.; AV. &c.; MBh.; Mn. &c.; doing any particular action or business, applying one's self to any occupation (the business or occupation preceding in the compound, of. suvarṇa-kartṛi, rājya-k^o, &c.); one who acts in a religious ceremony, a priest, ṠBr.;ĀṡvGṛ. &c.; (tā), m. the creator of the world, ṠBr. xiv;Yājñ. iii, 69; N. of Vishṇu, Pañcat.; of Brahman, L.; of Ṡiva, L.; (in Gr.) the agent of an action (who acts of his own accord sva-tantra), the active noun, the subject of a sentence (it stands either in the nom. [in active construction], or in the instr. [in passive construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action]; it is opposed to karman, the object), Pāṇ. &c.; one who is about to do, one who will do (used as periphr. fut.), MBh. -kara, mfn.?, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 2I. -ga, mfn. going towards or falling to the share of the agent, Comm. on Pāṇ'. -gāmin, mfn. id., ib. -gupta, n. (a kind of artificial sentence) in which the subject or agent is hidden, Sārṅg. - guptaka, n. id., ib. -tā, f. the state of being the agent of an action, Sāh. -tva, n. id., Kāṡ.; the state of being the performer or author of anything, MBh.; BhP. &c. -pura, n., N. of a town. -bhūta, mfn. that which has become or is the agent of an action, Kāṡ. -mat, mfn. having a kartṛi, Comm. on Pāṇ. -vācya, n. the active voice, W. -stha, mfn. standing or being or contained in the agent of an action, Pāṇ. i, 3, 37; -kriyaka, mfn. (any root &c.) whose action is confined to the agent; -bhāvaka, mfn. (any root &c.) whose state stands within the agent.

Kartṛika, mfn. ifc. = kartṛi. - tva, n. agency, action.

Kártos, Ved. inf. of √I.kṛi, q. v.

Kártva, mfn. to be done or accomplished, RV.; (am), n. obligation, duty, task, ib.kárman, a, n. (ā, m., L.), (√kṛi, Un. iv, I44), act, action, performance, business, RV. AV.; ṠBr.; MBh. &c.; office, special duty, occupation, obligation (frequently ifc., the first member of the compound being either the person who performs the action [e.g. vaṇik-k^o] or the person or thing for or towards whom the action is performed [e. g. rāja-k^o, paṡu-k^o] or a specification of the action [e.g. ṡaurya-k^o, prīti-k^o), ṠBr.; Mn. Bhartṛ. &c.; any religious act or rite (as sacrifice, oblation &c., esp. as originating in the hope of future recompense and as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of spirit), RV.; AV.; VS. Ragh. &c.; work, labour, activity (as opposed to rest, praṡānti), Hit.; RPrāt. &c.; physicking medical attendance, Car.; action consisting in motion (as the third among the seven categories of the Nyāya philosophy; of these motions there are five viz. ut-kshepaṇa, ava-kshepaṇa, ā-kuñcana, prasāraṇa, and gamana, qq. vv.), Bhāshāp.; Tarkas. calculation, Sūryas.; product, result, effect, Mn. Xii, 98;Suṡr.; organ of sense, ṠBr. xiv (or of action, see karmêndriya); (in Gr.) the object (it stands either in the acc. [in active construction], or in the nom [in passive construction], or in the gen. [in connection with a noun of action]; opposed to kartṛi the subject), Pāṇ. i, 4, 49 ff. (it is of four kinds, viz. a. nirvartya , when anything new is produced, e.g. kaṭam karoti, 'he makes a mat;' putraṃprasūte, ' she bears a son: ' b. vikārya, when change is implied either of the substance and form, e. g. kāshṭhambhasmakaroti, ' he reduces fuel to ashes;' or of the form only, e.g. suvarṇaṃkuṇdalaṃkaroti, 'he fashions gold into an ear-ring:' c. prāpya, when any desired object is attained, e. g. grāmaṃgacchati, ' he goes to the village;' candraṃpaṡyati, 'he sees the moon:' d.. anīpsita, when an undesired object is abandoned, eg pāpamt yajati, 'he leaves the wicked'); former act as leading to inevitable results, fate (as the certain consequence of acts in a previous life), Pañcat.; Hit.; Buddh., (cf. karma-pāka and -vipāka); the tenth lunar mansion, VarBṛS. &c.

Karma (in comp. for kárman above).

+

-kara, mf(ī)n. doing work, a workman, a hired labourer, servant of any kind (who is not a slave, W.), mechanic, artisan, MBh.; BhP.; Pañcat. &c.; (as), m., N. of Yama, L.; (ī), f. Sanseviera zeylonica, L.; Momordica monadelpha, L.

-karī-bhāva, m. the state of being a female servant, Kathās.

-kartṛi, m. (in Gr.) 'an object-agent' or 'object- containing agent,' i. e. an agent which is at the same time the object of an action (this is the idea expressed by the reflexive passive, as in odanaḥ pacyate, 'the mashed grain cooks of itself), Pāṇ. iii, I, 62 (cf. Gr. 46I, iii);     (ārau), m. du. the work and the person accomplishing it.

-kāra, mfn. = doing work (but without receiving wages, according to native authorities), Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. iii, 2, 22;Pañcat. &c.; (as), m. a blacksmith (forming a mixed caste, regarded as the progeny of the divine artist Viṡva-karman and a Ṡūdrā woman), BrahmavP.; a bull, L.; (ī), f. = -karī above, L.

-kāraka, mfn. one who does any act or work.

-^okārāpaya, Nom. P. ^oyati, to cause any one to work as a servant, Saddh- P.

-kārin, mfn. (ifc.) doing or accomplishing any act or work or business; (cf. tat-k^o , ṡubha-k^o)

-kārmuka, m. a strong bow, W.(?).

-kīlaka, m. a washerman, L.

-kṛit,mfn. performing any work, skilful in work, AV. ii, 27, 6; VS. iii, 47; TBr. &c. (cf. tīkshṇa-k^o); one who has done any work, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 89; (t), m. a servant, workman, labourer, Rājat.; Kām. &c.

-kṛítya, n. activity, the state of active exertion, AV. iv, 24, 6.

-kshama, mfn. able to do an action, Ragh. i, I3.

-kshaya, m. annihilation or termination of all work or activity,ṠvetUp.

-kshetra, n. the place or region of (religious)acts, BhP. v, I7, II; (cf. -bhūmi below.)

-cārin, mfn. engaged in work.

-ceshṭā, f. active exertion, activity, action, Mn. i, 66;MBh.; Daṡ. &c.

-Ja, mfn. 'act-born,' resulting or produced from any act (good or bad), Mn. xii, 3 & I0I; Daṡ. &c.; (as), m. Ficus religiosa; the Kaliyuga(q.v.); a god, L.; -guṇa, m. a quality orcondition resulting from human acts (as separation,reunion &c.), W.

-jña,mfn. skilled in any work; acquainted with religious rites, W.

-tā, f., -tva, n. the state or effect of action&c., Car.; Sarvad. &c.; activity; the state of being an object, Comm. on TPrāt.

-dushṭa, mfn. corrupt in action, wicked in practice, immoral, disreputable.

-dosha, m. a sinfulwork, sin, vice, Mn.; error, blunder, W.; the evil consequence of human acts, discreditable conduct or business, W.

-dhāraya, m., N. of a class of Tatpurusha (q. v.) compounds (in which the members would stand in the same case [samānâdhikaraṇa] if the compound were dissolved), Pāṇ.i, 2, 42 (see Gr. 735, iii; 755 ff.)

-nāmán,n. a name in accordance with or derived from actions, ṠBr. xiv, 4, 2, I7; a participle,Aprāt. iv, 29.

-nāṡā, f. 'destroying the merit of works,' N. of a river between Kāṡī and VihāraBhāshāp.

-nirhāra, m. removal of bad deeds or their effects.

-nishṭha (Ved. -nishṭhā), mfn. diligent in religious actions, engaged in active duties, RV. x,80, I; Mn. iii, 134; (as), m. a Brāhman who performs sacrifices &c., W.

-patha, m. the way or direction or character of an action, MBh.;Kāraṇḍ.

-pāka, m. 'ripening ofacts,' matured result of previous acts or actions done in a former birth, BhP.;Pañcat.; (cf. -vipāka below.)

-pravacanīya, mfn. 'employed to denote an action;' (as), m. (scil. ṡabda; in Gr.) a term forcertain prepositions or particles not connected with a verb but generally governing a noun (either separated from it or forming a compound with it;a Karma- pravacanīya never loses its accent, and exercises no euphonic influence on the initial letter of a following verb; Pāṇ. i, 4, 83-98; ii, 3, 8, &c.

-phala, n. the fruit or recompense of actions (as pain, pleasure &c.,resulting from previous acts or acts in a former life),Āp.; the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola, L.; ^olôdaya,m. the appearance of consequences of actions, Mn.xi, 23I.

-bandha, m. the bonds of action (i.e.transmigration or repeated existence as a result ofactions), Bhag. ii, 39.

-bāhulya, n. much or hard work.

-bhūmi, f. the landor region of religious actions (i. e. where such actionsare performed, said of Bhārata-varsha), R.; VP.&c., the place or region of activity or work, Kāraṇḍ.

-máya, mf(ī)n. consisting of or resulting from works, ṠBr. x; MBh. &c.

-mārga,m. the course of acts, activity, VP. vi, 6, 9; theway of work (a term used by thieves for a breach in walls &c.), Mṛicch.

-yuga, n. the Kali-yuga (q. v.), L.

-vat, mfn. busy with or employed in any work, MBh.

-vaṡa, m. the necessary influence of acts, fate (considered as the inevitable consequenceof actions done in a former life); (mfn.) being in the power of or subject to former actions, MBh. xiii.

-vighna, m. an impediment to work, obstruction.

-vidhi, m. rule of actions or observances, mode of conducting ceremonies, Mn.

-viparyaya, m. perversity of action, perverse action, mistake. Hit.

-vipāka, m. 'the ripeningof actions,' i. e. the good or evil consequences inthis life of human acts performed in previous births(eighty-six consequences are spoken of in the Ṡātātapasmṛiti), MBh.; Yājñ. &c.; N. of several works;-saṃgraha, m., N. of a work; -sāra, m. id.\

-ṡālā, f.workshop, the hall or room where daily work is done, sitting-room, MBh.; R.

-ṡīla, mfn. assiduous in work, L.; one who perseveres in his duties without looking to their reward, W.; (as), m., N. of a man,Buddh.

-ṡūra, m. a skilful or clever workman, L.;(mfn.) assiduous, laborious, L.- ṡauca, n. humility,L.

-saṃgraha, m. assemblage of acts(comprising the act, its performance, and the performer),W.

-saciva, m. an officer, assistant, L.

-samāpta, mfn. one who has performed all religious actions, Āp.

-saṃbhava,mfn. produced by or resulting from acts.

-sākshin, m. 'the witness of all acts,' the sun,L.

-sādhana,n. implement, means; articles essential tothe performance of any religious act.

-sārathi,m. a companion, assistant, BhP.

-siddhi, f. accomplishment of an act, success, Mālav.; Kum.

-sthāna, n. public office or place of business,Rājat.; a stage or period in the life of an Ājīvika(q.v.), T.

-hetu, mfn. caused by acts, arising from acts.

-Karmâkshama, mfn. incapable ofbusiness.

-Karmâjīva, m. livelihood earned by work, trade,profession, VarBṛS.

-Karmâtman, mfn. one whose character is action, endowed with principles of action,active, acting, Mn. i, 22 & 53; Tattvas. &c.

-Karmâdhyaksha, m.overseer or superintendent of actions, ṠvetUp.vi, II.

-Karmânurūpa,mfn. according to action, according to function or duty, W.; -tas, ind. conformably to act or function, ib.

-Karmânusāra,m. consequence of or conformity to acts,W.; -tas, ind. according to one's deeds, W.

-Karmânta,m. end or accomplishment of a work,Mṛicch.; Subh.; end or conclusion of a sacred action,SāmavBr.; Karmapr.; work, business, action,management, administration (of an office), MBh.;Mn.; Yājñ. &c.; tilled or cultivated ground, L.

-Karmântara, n. interval between religious actions,suspense of such an action, MBh.; R.;another work or action, BhP. x, 9, I;Nyāyam. &c.

-Karmârambha, m. commencement of any act, W.

-Karmârha, mfn. fit for work, able to perform a sacrificial rite, Jyot.; (as), m. a man, L.

-Karmêndriya, n. an organ of action (five in number like the five organs of sense, viz. hand, foot, larynx, organ of generation,and excretion), MBh.; Mn. ii, 9I;Vedāntas.9I, &c.

-Karmôdyukta, mfn. actively labouring, busily engaged, W.

-Karmôdyoga,m. activity in work, W.

-Karmôpakaraṇa, mfn. one who gives aid by work.

Karmaka, 'ifc. -= karman, work, action &c.; (cf. a-k^o, sa-k^o, &c.)

Karmaṭha, mfn. capable of work, skilful or clever in work, clever, Pāṇ.;Bhaṭṭ,; working diligently eagerly engaged in sacred actions or rites,Rājat. &c.; (as), m. the director and performer ofa sacrifice, W.

Karmaṇí, mfn. connected with or being in the action, ṠBr. vi, 6, 4, 9.

Karmaṇyá,mfn. skilful in work, clever, diligent, RV. i, 9I, 20; iii, 4, 9; AV. vi, 23, 2; TS. &c.; proper or fit for any act, suitable for a religious action, Gaut. &c.; (ifc.) relating to any business or to the accomplishment of anything, Suṡr.; (ā), f. wages, hire, L.; (am), n. energy, activity,W. -tā, f. cleverness; activity, VarYog. bhuj,mfn. receiving wages, working for hire, L, Karmaṇyā- bhuj ,mfn. id., L.

Karmika, mfn. active, acting, gaṇasvrīhy-ādi and purohitâdi.

Karmin, mfn acting, active, busy; performing 3 religious action, engaged in any work or business, ĀṡvṠr.; MBh.; BhP. &c.; belonging or relating to any act,W.; (ī), m. performer of an action, Sarvad.; labourer, workman, VarBṛS.; Butea frondosa, Nigh.

Karmishṭa, mfn. (superl. of the last) very active or diligent, L.

kashāya, mfn. astringent, MBh.xiv, 1280& 1411; R.; Suṡr.; Pan̄ cat.; BhP.; fragrant,Megh. 31; red, dull red, yellowish red (as the garment of a Buddhist Bhikshu), MBh.; Hariv.;Mṛicch.; Yājñ.; (as, am), m. n. (gaṇa.ardharcâdi)an astringent flavour or taste, Suṡr.; a yellowishred colour, Yājñ. i, 272;Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. iv, 2, I; an astringent juice, extract of juice, ṠBr.; KātyṠr.;Mn. xi, 153; a decoction or infusion, Suṡr. (the result of boiling down a mixture consisting of onepart of a drug and four or, according to some, eight or sixteen parts of water until only one quarter isleft, Suṡr.); any healing or medicinal potion, Bhpr.;exudation from a tree, juice, gum, resin, L.; ointment,smearing, anointing, L.; colouring or perfuming or anointing the person with cosmetics,MBh.; dirt, filth; stain or impurity or sin cleaving to the soul, ChUp.; BhP.; dulness, stupidity, Vedāntas.; defect, decay, degeneracy (of which, according to Buddhists, there are five marks, viz.āyus-k^o, dṛishṭi-k^o, kleṡa-k^o,sattva-k^o,kalpa-k^o)attachment to worldly objects, W.; (as), m. red,redness; a kind of snake, Suṡr. ii, 265, 14; emotion,passion (rāga, of which the Jainas reckon four kinds, HYog. iv, 6 & 77); the Kali-yuga, L.; the tree Bignonia Indica, R. ii, 28, 21; N. of a teacher(v. 1. kaṡāya), gaṇaṡaunakâdi; (as, ā, am), m. f. n.the tree Grislea tomentosa, L.; (ā), f. a thorny shrub, a species of small Hedysarum, L.; (am), n. a dull or yellowish red garment or robe, MBh. ii, 675;(cf. kāshāya, pañca-kashāya; a-nishkashāya, fullof impure passions, MBh. xii, 568.)

+

-kṛit, m. the tree Symplocosracemosa (its bark is used in dyeing), L.

kashṭa, mfn. (perhaps p. p. of √kash,Pāṇ.vii, 2, 22; Vop. 26, III; Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. vi, 2,47), bad, R.; ill, evil, wrong, Mn.; MBh.; R.;Suṡr. &c.; painful, Suṡr.; grievous, severe, miserable,Mn. xii, 78;Yājñ. iii, 29;Bhartṛ.; difficult,troublesome, Mn. vii, 186 & 210; worst, Mn. vii,50 & 51; pernicious, noxious, injurious, Suṡr.;dangerous (=kṛicchra). Pāṇ. vii, 2, 22; Nal. xiii,16; inaccessible.

+

-kara, mf(ī)n. causing pain or trouble, W.

-kāraka, mfn causing trouble, L.; (as), m the world, L.

kāpya, only in comp. -kara, mfn.confessing sin, L. -kāra, mfn. confessing sin, L.;(as), m. confession of sin, L.

kāra, mf(ī)n. (√l. kṛi. Pāṇ. iii, 2, 23), making, doing, working, a maker, doer (ifc., see kumbha-k^o,yajña k^o f, suvarṇa-k^o); an authore. g. vārttika-k^o); (as), m. (ifc.) an act, action see kāma-k^o,purusha-k^o); the term used in designating a letter or sound or indeclinable word (e.g. a- k^o, ka-k^o, qq. vv.; eva-k^o, the word eva; phūt-k^o,q. v.), Prāt.; Mn. &c.; effort, exertion, L.; determination,L.; religious austerity, L.; a husband,master, lord, L.; (as or ā), m. or f. act of worship,song of praise, Divyâv.; (ī), f., N. of a plant ( = kārikā,kāryā, c.), L. -kara, mf (ī)n. doing work,acting as agent (?), Pān. iii, 2, 21. Kārâvara, m. aman of a mixed and low caste (born from a Nishādafather and Vaidehi mother, working in leather and hides), Mn. x, 36 = MBh. xiii, 2588.

Káraka, mf (ikā)n. (generally ifc.) making,doing, acting, who or what does or produces or creates,MBh.&c. (cf. sin\ha-k^o, kṛitsna-k^o,ṡilpa-k); intending to act or do, Pāṇ. ii, 3, 70, Sch.; (am),n.' instrumental in bringing about the action denoted by a verb (=kriyā-hetu or -nimitta),' the notionof a case (but not co-extensive with the term case;there are six such relations accord, to Pāṇ., viz.karman, karaṇa, kartṛi, sampradāna, apâdāna,adhikaraṇa, qq. vv. The idea of the genitive case is not considered a kāraka, because it ordinarily expresses the relation of two nouns to each other, but not the relation of a noun and verb). -gupti, f. a sentence with a hidden subject, Sāh. -parîkshā,f., N. of a work on the cases, -vat, mfn. (Pāṇ. v,i, 115, Vārtt. 2) relating to one who is active in anything,W,; instrumental, causal, W. -vāda, m. a treatise on the cases by Rudra. -vicāra, m., N. of a work. -hetu, m. the efficient cause. Kārakânvitā,f. =kriyā, Gal.

Kāraṇa, am, n. cause, reason, the cause of anything(gen., also often loc.), KātyṠr.; MBh.; Mn.&c.; instrument, means; motive; origin, principle;a cause (in phil., i.e. that which is invariably antecedent to some product, cf. samavâyi-k^o, asamavâyi-k^o, nimitta-k^o); an element, elementary matter,Yājñ. iii, 148; Bhag. xviii, 13; the origin or plot of a play or poem, Sāh.; that on which an opinion or judgment is founded (a sign, mark; a proof; a legal instrument, document), Mn.; MBh. &c.; an organ of sense, Ragh. xvi, 22 &c.; an action, MBh.xii, 12070; agency, instrumentality, condition, Kathās.cxii, 178;' the cause of being," a father, W.;cause of creation,' a deity, W.; the body, L.; a kind of musical instrument, L.; a sort of song, L.; anumber of scribes or Kāyasthas, W.; (ā), f. pain. agony, Daṡ.; an astronomical period, W. [Kāraṇāt, from some cause or reason, RPrāt. iii, 13; Mn. viii, 355; kasmāt, kāraṇāt, from what cause? mama kāraṇāt,for my sake, R. &c.; a-kāraṇena, without a reason,Yājñ. ii, 234;yena kāraṇena, because; Yasmin kāraṇe, from which motive, wherefore.] -kāraṇa, n. a primary cause, elementary cause, atom,W. -kāritam, ind. in consequence of, R. ii, 58,24.-gata, mfn. referred to a cause, resolved into first principles, W. -guṇa, m.' a quality ofcause,' anelementary or causal property, Sāṃkhyak. 14;^oṇôdbhava-guṇa, m. a secondary or derivative property (as form, taste,smell, &c. produced by combinations of elementary or causal particles), Bhāshāp. 95. -tas, ind. fr. a certain reason (cf. kārya-k^o), Ragh. x, 19-tā, f. causality, causation, Kum. ii, 6; -vāda, m.,N.of a work.-tva, n. = -tā, MBh. xiii, 38; BhP&c. -dhvan\sa, m. removal ofa cause. -dhvan\saka,mf(ikā)n. removing a cause. -dhvan\sin mfn. id. -bhūta, mfn. become a cause, -mālāf.' a series or chain of causes,' a particular figure in rhet., Sāh. -vat, mfn. having a cause, Nyāyad-vādin, m. 'cause-declarer," a complainant, plaintiff,W. –vāri, n. primeval water, the water produced and created (from which as from an original reservoir the Hindūs suppose all the water in the universe to be supplied), W. -vihīna, mfn. destitute ofa cause or reason, unreasonable. -ṡarīra, n. 'causal body,' the original embryo or source of the body existing with the Universal impersonal Spirit and equivalent to A-vidyā (equivalent also to Māyā, and when investing the impersonal Spirit causing it to become the Personal God or Iṡvara, RTL., p.35&36), Vedântas. Kāraṇâkshepa, m. (in rhet.) an objection raised to the cause of a phenomenon, Kāvyād. Kāraṇâkhyā, f. (with the Pāṡupatas) a N. of the organs of perception and action, of Buddhi, Ahaṃkāra, andManas. Kāraṇânvita, mfn. possessed of a causeor reason, following as an effect fr. its cause. Kāraṇâbhāva,m. absence of cause. Kāraṇôttara,n. answer to a charge, denial of the cause (of complaint; e. g. acknowledgment that a debt was incurred,but assertion that it has been repaid, &c.)

Kāraṇaka, ifc. = I. kāraṇa, cause, Sāh.

Kāraṇika, mfn. (gaṇakāṡy-ādi)'investigating. ascertaining the cause,' a judge, Pañcat.; a teacher, MBh. ii, 167.

Kāram (√I.kṛi), adv. ind. p. ifc. (see svāhā-k^o,ṠBr.;namas-k^o; cauraṃ-k^oākroṡati, he abuses a person by calling him a thief, Pāṇ. iii, 4, 26, Sch.;svāduṃ-k^o, ib., Kāṡ. &c.)

Kārayat, ^oyamāṇa, pr. p. Caus. √kṛi, q.v.

Kārayitavya, mfn. to be caused or effected or made to do, R.; Pañcat. xxiv. -daksha, mfn. clever at performing what has to be done, Kum. vii, 27.

Kārayitṛi, mfn. causing or instigating to act or do, Mn. xii, I2;MBh.; performer of a religious ceremony, Hcat.

Kārayishṇu, mfn. causing to actor perform, Vop.

Kāri, is, m. f. an artist, artificer, mechanic, Pāṇ.v, I, 152; (is), f. action, act, work (only used inquestions), Pāṇ. iii, 3, 110.

Kārikā (f. of kāraka), a female dancer, L.; a business,L.; trade, L.; concise statement in verse of (esp.philos. and gramm.) doctrines, MBh. ii, 453 &c.;torment, torture, L.; interest, L.; N. of a plant, L.;(ās), f. pl. or more commonly Hari-kārikās, theKārikās of Bhartṛi-hari, i.e. the verses contained in his gramm. work Vākya-padīya (q.v.) -nibandha,m., N. of a work. Kārikâvalī, f., N. of a work.

Kārita, mfn. ifc. caused to he made or done,brought about, effected, Mn.;MBh. &c.; (ā), f.(scil. vṛiddhi) forced to be paid, interest exceeding the legal rate of interest, Gaut.; Comm. on Mn. viii,153; (am), n. the Caus. form of a verb, Nir. i, 13.-vat, mfn. one who has caused to be made or done. -Kāritânta, mfn. ending with a Caus. affix, Aprāt.

Kārin,mfn. (Pāṇ. v, 2, 72) doing, making, effecting, producing, acting, an actor, Yājñ.; MBh.&c. (mostly ifc., ṠBr.; Mn. &c.); (ī), m. a mechanic,tradesman, L.

kāru, us, m. f. (fr.√Ikṛi), a maker,doer, artisan, mechanic, Mn.; Yājñ.&c.; (us), m.' architect of the gods,' N. of Viṡva-karman, L.; anart, science, L.; mfn. (only etymological) horrible,MBh. i, 1657. -caura, m.' mechanical thief,’ burglar,L. -ja, m. anything produced by an artist or mechanic, any piece of mechanism or product ofmanufacture, L., a young elephant L.; an ant-hill,L.;froth, foam, L.; sesamum growing spontaneously, L.;the tree Mesua ferrea, L.; red orpirnent, L. -hasta,m. the hand of an artisan, Mn. v, 129.

Kāruka, as, ā, m. f. an artisan, artificer, Mn.;MBh.; VarBṛS.-siddhântin,inas, m. pl, N. of

a Ṡaiva sect, Comm. on Bādar. ii, 2, 37.

kārma, mf(ī)n. (fr.kárman; gaṇachattrâdi), active, laborious, Pāṇ.vi, 4, 172.

Kārmaṇa,mf(ī)n. relating to or proceeding from a work or action, W.; finishing a work, W.; performing anything by means of magic; (am), n.magic, sorcery, witchcraft, Pāṇ. v, 4, 36;Rājat.-tva, n. magic, sorcery, Ṡiṡ. x, 37.

Kārmika, ās, m. pl.' engaged in action,' N. of a Buddh. philos. school; (am), n.'manufactured, embroidered,"any variegated texture, Yājñ. ii, 180.

Kārmikya, am, n. (fr.karmika), activity, industry,gaṇapurohitâdi.

Kārmuka, mfn. (Pāṇ. v, I, 103) efficacious (as a medicine), Car.; (as), m. a bamboo, L.;the plant Melia sempervirens, Bhpr.; the white Khadira tree, L.; Smilax China, Npr.; a kind ofhoney (v. 1. gārmuta, q. v.), L.

Kārmukin, mfn. armed with a bow, R. iii.

kāryá, mfn. (fut. p. p. √I. kṛi), to be made or done or practised or performed, practicable,feasible, AV. iii, 24, 5; TS.; Mn. &c.; to be imposed(as a punishment), Mn. viii, 276 &285; to be offered (as a libation), Mn. &c.; proper to be done, fit, right; (am), n. work or business to be done, duty, affair, Mn.; MBh.&c.; a religious action or performance, Mn.&c.; occupation, matter, thing,enterprise, emergency, occurrence, crisis; conduct,deportment; occasion, need (with inst., e. g. tṛiṇena kāryam, there is need of a straw; na bhūmyā kāryamasmākam, we have no business with the earth,R- i. 13. 50); lawsuit, dispute; an operation ingrammar (e.g.sthāny-āsrayaṃkāryam, an operation resting on the primitive form as opposed to theādeṡa or substitute), Kāṡ. on Pāṇ.; an effect, result,MBh.; Sāṃkhyak.; Vedântas.; motive, object, aim,purpose (e.g. kiṃkāryam, for what purpose?wherefore?), Mn.; R. &c.; cause, origin, L.; thedenouement of a drama, Sāh.; (ā), f. ( =kāri, ^orikā),N. of a plant, L.

+

-kara, mfn. efficacious,Suṡr.

-kartṛi, m. one who works in the interest of (gen.), Pan̄ cat

-kāraṇa, n. a particular or specialcause (tat-kārya-kāraṇāt, in consequence of that),Pañcat.;Kathās.; -tas, ind. from some special cause,with a particular design or motive, Hit. i, 33; -tva,n. the state of both cause and effect, Sarvad.;-bhāva, m. state or relation of cause and effect.

-kārin, mfn. performing a work.

-kāla, m. time for action, appointed time, season, opportunity, R. i,30, 12 &c.

-kuṡala, mfn. skilful in work.

-kshama,mfn fit for a work.

-cintā, f. prudence in action, caution.

-tama, mfn.most proper tobe done, MBh.; R. v, 77, 16.

-tas,ind. consequently, necessarily, actually.

-tā, f. the being an effect, the relation or state of an effect,KapS.

-tva, n. id., BhP.; Vedântas.; Sāh.

-darṡana,n. inspection of work, revision, Mn. viii, 9& 23

-darṡin, m. an inspector or superintendent of affairs,

-nirṇaya, m. ascertainment of a fact,settlement or decision of an affair, Yājñ. ii, 10.

-nirvṛitti, f. the result of an action, Suṡr.

-puṭa, m. one who does useless things, L.; a crazy or hair-brained man, L.; an impudent fellow, L.; an idler, L.

- preshya, m. a person sent on any business, messenger, Sāh.

-bhāj,mfn. undergoing or subject to a grammatical operation,Comm. on TPrāt.; -(bhāk)-tva, n. the stateof being so, ib.

-vat,mfn. having any business or duty, engaged in a business, Mn.ix, 74;MBh. &c.; having a cause or motive, R.vii, 53, 26; pursuing a certain purpose, R. v, 8, 9(-tā); the state of being engaged in a work; -tā,f. any business or affair, MBh. i, 1789; R. ', -tva,n. id.

-vinimaya, m. mutual engagement to do something, Mālav.

-vipatti, f. failure of an action, reverse,Hit.

-vṛittânta, m. a matter of fact, actual occurrence, MBh.

-vyasana, n. failure of an affair, Kām.

-saṃdeha, m. uncertaintyabout a work, embarrassment,W.

-sāgara, m. ' ocean of business,' mass or weight of affairs, W.

-siddhi,f. accomplishment of a work, fulfilment of an object,success, Mudr.

-hantṛi, m. one who obstructs an affair,mar-plot, Hit.

- Kāryâkārya, n. what is to be done and not to be done; -vicāra, m. deliberation onwhat is to be done or not.

-Kāryâkshama, mfn.unfit for work, Hit.

-Kāryâtipātin, mfn. neglecting business, Comm. on Yājñ.

-Kāryâdhikārin, m. asuperintendent of affairs, minister, Hit.

-Kāryânta,m. the end of a business.

-Kāryârtha, m. the object of a business or enterprise; any object or purpose; application for employment; (am), ind. for the sake of any business or for any particular object, Mn.; -siddhi, f.the accomplishment of any object or purpose, Mn.vii, 167.

-Kāryârthin, mfn. making a request,seeking for business, applying for employment;pleading a cause in court, going to law, Mṛicch.;Comm. on Mn. vii, 124.

-Kāryôdyoga,m.active engagement in any business.

Kāryin, mfn. (Pāṇ. v, 2, 115, Pat.) one who transacts business, assiduous; seeking for employment;having an object; a party to a suit either as plaintiff or defendant, Mn. viii, ix; (in Gr.) subject to the operation of a grammatical rule, requiring an affix, &c., Pāṇ. Pat. &Kāṡ.

kumbhá,as, m. a jar, pitcher, waterpot,ewer, small water-jar [often ifc. (f. ā), e.g.chidra-k^o, a perforated pitcher, R.; āma-k^o, a jar of unbaked clay, Pan̄ cat.; hema-k^o, a golden ewer,Ragh. ii, 36; Amar\.; \jala-k^o, a water-pot, Pañcat.],RV.; AV.&c.;

+

-kāra, m. a potter (being according to some authoritiesthe son of a Brāhman by a wife of the Kshatriya caste), Yājñ. iii, 146; MBh. &c.; a serpent,L.; a wild fowl (Phasianus gallus), L.; (ī), f. the wife of a potter, Pāṇ. iv, I, 15, Kāṡ.; N. of a girl, Lalit.; a mineral substance used as an application to strengthen the eyes and beautify the eyelashes,L.; red arsenic, L.

-kāraka, m. a potter,W.; (ikā), f. the wife of a potter, woman of the potter caste, Kathās.; a sort of collyrium, L.;-kukkuṭa, m. a wild fowl (Phasianus gallus), L.

-kuraṅkara, as, m. the Indian crane(Ardea sibirica), L.

kṛishṇá:

kṛishṇá, mf(ā)n. black, dark, darkblue (opposed to ṡvetá, ṡuklá, róhita, and aruṇá), RV.; AV. &c.; wicked, evil, Vop. vii, 82; (as), m.

karman:

karman, n. 'making black,' a peculiar manner of cauterising, Suṡr.; (mfn.) doing wrong, criminal, L.

kéṡa:

kéṡa, as, m. (√kliṡ, Un.; ifc. ā or ī, Pāṇ. iv, 1, 54) the hair of the head, AV.; VS.; ṠBr. &c.; the mane (of a horse or lion),.

karman:

karman, n. dressing or arranging the hair of the head, MBh. iv, 78.

kāra:

kāra, m. (for koṡa- k^o) a sort of sugar-cane, Bhpr.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. dressing or arranging the hair of the head, MBh. iv, 41 2.

kóṡa:

kóṡa, as, m. (am, n., L.; in class. literature koṡa or kosha; fr. √kuṡ or kush?, related to kukshí and koshṭha?), a cask, vessel for holding liquids, (metaphorically) cloud, RV.; AV.; Suṡr.; a pail, bucket, RV.; a drinking-vessel, cup, L.; a box, cupboard, drawer, trunk, RV. vi, 47, 23; AV. xix, 72, I; ṠBr.; the interior or inner part of a carriage, RV.; (ifc.) MBh. viii, 1733;

kāra:

kāra, m. one who makes scabbards or cases or boxes, &c., R. iv, 40, 26 (kauṡi-k^o, Hariv. 12831); (f. ī), VS. xxx, 14; a compiler of a dictionary, lexicographer, RāmatUp.; the silkworm(or the insect while in its cocoon, W.), KapS.; BhP.; MārkP.; a chrysalis or pupa,W.; (as, am), m. n. a kind of sugar-cane, Suṡr.; Bhpr.; Bālar.; -kīṭa, m. a silk-worm, L.; -vasana, n. a silken garment, VarBṛ. xxvii, 31.

kāraka:

kāraka, m. a silkworm, Yājñ. iii, 147; (ikā), f. a female bee, Gal.; N. of a collection of Gāthā verses (ascribed to Vasubandhu), Buddh.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. a kind of sugar-cane, Suṡr.

kriyamāṇa:

kriyamāṇa, mfn., Pass. P. √I.kṛi, q.v.

kṛiyā:

kṛiyā, f. (Pāṇ. iii, 3, 100), doing, performing, performance, occupation with (in comp.), business, act, action, undertaking, activity, work, labour, Kāty\Ṡr.; Mn.; Yājñ. &c.; bodily action, exercise of the limbs, L.; (in Gr.) action (as the general idea expressed by any verb), verb, Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. i, 3, I &c. (according to later grammarians a verb is of two kinds, sakarma-kriyā, 'active,' and akarma- k^o , ' intransitive'); a noun of action, W.; a literary work, Vikr.; medical treatment or practice, applying a remedy, cure (see sama-kriya-tva and vishama-k^o), Suṡr.; a religious rite or ceremony, sacrificial act, sacrifice, Mn.; Yājñ.; MBh. &c.; with caramā, 'the last ceremony,' rites performed immediately after death, obsequies, purificatory rites (as ablution &c.), MBh. iv, 834; R. vi, 96, 10; religious action, worship, BhP. vii, 14, 39; Rāmat- Up.; Religious Action (personified as a daughter of Daksha and wife ofDharma, MBh. i, 2578; Hariv. 12452; BhP.; or as a daughter of Kardama and wife of Kratu, BhP.); judicial investigation (by human means, as by witnesses, documents, &c., or by superhuman means, as by various ordeals), Comm. on Yājñ.; atonement, L.; disquisition, L.; study, L.; means, expedient, L.

+

kara:

kara, m. one who performs an action, W.; a student, W.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. a doer of an action agent, W.

kāra:

kāra, m. a beginner, novice , L.; an agreement, Kāraṇḍ. xvii; an arrangement, rule, Divyâv.

kāṇḍa:

kāṇḍa, n. the protion of a Ṡruti text treating of the sacrifices.

gupta:

gupta, n. a phrase the verb of which is hidden, ṠārṅgP.

kriyâtmaka:

kriyâtmaka, mfn. (anything) the nature of which is action,Vedântas.(-tva,n., abstr.)

kriyânurūpa:

kriyânurūpa, mfn. conformable to the act, according to the action.

kriyântara:

kriyântara, n. interruption of a action, Pāṇ. iii, 4, 57; another action, Pāṇ. ii, 3, 37, Kāṡ.

kriyā - paṭu:

kriyā - paṭu, mfn. clever, dextrous.

kriya – pada:

kriya – pada, n. ‘action-work,’ a verb.

kriyā - prasaṅga:

kriyā - prasaṅga, m. course of proceeding, W.

kriyā-phala:

kriyā-phala, n. result or consequence of acts.

kriyā - yukta:

kriyā - yukta, mfn. active, moving, L.

Kriyā - yoga:

Kriyā - yoga, m. the connection with an action or verb, Aprāt.; Pāṇ. i, 1, 14, Kār.; the employment of expedients or instruments, MBh. iii, 69; Suṡr.; the practical form of the Yoga philosophy (union with the deity by due performance of the duties of every day life, active devotion), Yogas, ii, I; BhP. iv, 1 3, 3; N. of a work; -sāra, m. a section of the PadmaP.

Kriyârtha:

Kriyârtha, m. an action as object, Jaim. i, 1 , 25; mf(ā)n. having an action (i. e. another action) as its aim,. Pāṇ. ii, 3, 14; -tva, n. the state of aiming at or leading to actions, Jaim. i, 2, 1.

Kriyā-lāghava:

Kriyā-lāghava, n. ease in the functions (of an organ), Bhpr.

Kriyā-vat:

Kriyā-vat, mfn. one who performs an action, active, busy, understanding business, fit for it, MuṇḍUp. Hit.; (ifc.) Dhūrtas. i, 1 2; performing ceremonies in the right manner, ṠāṅkhGr.; MuṇḍUp.; MBh. R.; consisting of or connected with a religious ceremony (as the rite of initiation).

Kriyā-vaṡa:

Kriyā-vaṡa, mfn. subject to the influence of acts, W,; (as), m. necessary influence of act done or to be done, necessity, W.

Kriyā-vācaka:

Kriyā-vācaka, mfn. expressing an action (as a verbal noun).

Kriyā-vādin:

Kriyā-vādin, m. one who states the arguments in a law-suit, Comm. on Yājñ.; a plaintiff, ib.

Kriyā-vidhi:

Kriyā-vidhi, m. a rule of action, Mn. ix, 220; xii, 87 mode of performing any rite, W.; conduct of affairs W.; -jña, mfn. conversant with business, Pañcat. understanding the ritual, W.

Kriyā-vyavadhāyaka:

Kriyā-vyavadhāyaka, mfn. interrupting an action, Pāṇ. iii, 4, 57, Kāṡ.

Kriyā-siddhi:

Kriyā-siddhi, f. accomplishment of an action.

krūrá:

krūrá, mf(ā)n. (fr. kraví -s, cf. sthūrá & sthávira), wounded, hurt, sore, ṠBr.; ' bloody, raw,' cruel, fierce, ferocious, pitiless, harsh, formidable, AV.; TS. vi; Mn. &c.; inauspicious.

Karmán:

Karmán, n. a bloody or terrible deed, ṠBr. v; Suṡr.; any hard or difficult labour, Ṡak. (v. 1.); (mfn.) performing bloody or terrible deeds, fierce, cruel, unrelenting, MBh. iii, 13253; R.; Pan̄ cat.; Vet.; (ā), m., N. of a plant ( = kaṭu-tumbinī), L.; (krūra-karma)-kṛit, mfn. perpetrating cruel actions, W.; (t), m. a rapacious animal, Mn. xii, 58.

kṛít:

kṛít, mfn. performing bloody or terrible deeds, cruel, TBr.i.

kroḍī:

kroḍī, f. and ind. in comp. as, m. (am, n. in later language, L.) the breast, chest, bosom (of men and animals),

Karaṇa:

Karaṇa, n. embracing, L.

√kṛi:

√kṛi, to embrace, Hit.; to become master of, Hcar.

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. embracing , L.

Kshapā:

Kshapā, f. (Naigh. i, 7;) night, RV. iv, 53, 7 (instr. pl. ^opābhis); AitBr. i, 13; MBh. &c.; a measure of time equivalent to a whole day of twenty-four hours, Jyot.; turmeric, L.

kara:

kara, m. the night, ‘ the moon, VarBṛ.; Daṡ.; Kād.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. id., Ṡiṡ xiii, 53.

Ksháva:

Ksháva, as, m. sneezing, AV. Xix, 8.5; cough, catarrh, L.; black mustard (Sinapis dichotoma), L. -kṛit, m. ‘(anything) which causes sneezing, ‘the plant Artemisia sternutatoria, Bhpr.

Kshīrá:

Kshīrá, am, n. (fr. √ṡyai ?.; fr. √kshar or √ghas, Nir. ii, 5; fr. √ghas, Uṇ. iv, 34; g. ardharcâdi), milk, thickened milk, RV.; AV.; VS.;

vikṛiti:

vikṛiti, f. any product made from milk (as cheese & c.), L.

Kshura:

Kshura, as, m. (fr. √kshṇu ?; cf. Gk. (єυρóυ) a razor, RV. i, 166, 10; viii, 4, 16; x, 28, 9; AV.; ṠBr. &c.; a razor-like barb or sharp blade attached to an arrow, R. iii, 72, 14; (cf. -pra);

karman:

karman, n. the operation of shaving, VarBṛS.

kṛitya:

kṛitya, n. id., Gobh. Iii, 1, 22.

kriyā:

kriyā, f. the employment of a razor, Pañcat.

kshéma:

kshéma, mf(ā)n. (√2. kshi) habitable; giving rest or ease or security, MBh.; R.; at ease, prosperous, safe, W.; (as), m. basis, foundation, VS. xviii, 7; AV. iii, 12, 1 & iv, 1, 4; ṠBr. xiii; KapS. i, 46; residing, resting, abiding at ease,.

kara:

kara, mfn. conferring peace or security or happiness, MBh. xiv, 973; (ī), f. a form of Durgā (cf.kshemaṃ-k^o), VP.

karman:

karman, mfn. = -kara, BhP. ii, 6, 5; N. of a prince, VāyuP. (v. 1. -dharman, q. v.)

kāra:

kāra, mfn. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 44)=-kara, L.

kāraka:

kāraka, mfn. id., Pañcat.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. =-kara, Āp.; Cān.

ṃ-kara:

ṃ-kara, mfn. ( = -kāra, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 44) =-kara, Cāṇ. (=ṠārṅgP.); Bhaṭṭ. vi, 105; (as), m., N. of a king of the 'i'rigartas, MBh. iii, 15731; of a son of Brahma-datta (Udayana), Buddh.; of the author of a recension of Sin\hâs.; of a mythical Buddha, Divyâv. xviii; (ī), f. Durgā. VP. v, 1, 83;\ N. of another goddess, DevīP.; of the sister of Brahma- datta's son Kshemaṃ-kara, Buddh.

ṃ-karin:

ṃ-karin, m. the Brāhmanī kite or Coromandel eagle (bird of good omen), Falco ponticerianus, Gal.

khalī:

khalī, ind. fr. ^ola, q.v.

khála:

khála, as, m. (am, n., g. ardharcâdi) a threshing-floor, granary, RV. x, 48, 7; AV.; Ṡāṅkh Ṡr. &c.; earth, mould, soil, L.; place, site, L.; (as), m. contest, battle, Naigh.; Nir.; sediment or dregs of oil, Pan̄ cat. ii, 53; ( =khaḍa) butter-milk boiled with acid vegetables and spices, Suṡr. i, vi; a mischievous man, Mṛicch.; Cāṇ.; BhP.; Pan̄ cat. &c.; the sun, L.; Xanthochymus pictorius (tamāla), L.; the thorn-apple, L.; (ā), f. a mischievous woman, Amar.; N. of a daughter of Raudrâṡva, Hariv.; VāyuP. ii, 37, 123; (ī), f. sediment or deposit of oil, Car.; Bhartṛ. ii, 98.

kāra:

kāra, m. ill-treatment, abusing, reviling, Kād.; Ṡāntis.; Kathās.

√kṛi:

-√ kṛi, ' to reduce to sediment, crush, to hurt, injure, treat ill, Mṛicch.; Kād.; Hcar.; Kathās.; (sometimes confounded with khilī- √kṛi.)

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. =-kāra, Kathās. xiii, 157.

Gaṇḍa:

Gaṇḍa, as, m. (cf. galla) the cheek, whole side of the face including the temple (also said of animals, e.g. of an ox, VarBṛS.; of a horse, ib.; of an elephant

kārī:

kārī, f. =-kāli, L.; Mimosa pudica, L.

kālī:

kālī, f. (= kārī) a kind of pot-herb, L.

gandhá:

gandhá, as, m. smell, odour (nine kinds are enumerated, viz. ishṭa, anishṭa, madhura, kaṭu, nirhārin, saṃhata, snigdha, rūksha, viṡada, MBh. xii, 6848; a tenth kind is called amla, L.), RV. i, 162, 10; AV.; VS. &c. (ifc. f. ā, MBh.; BhP.); a fragrant substance, fragrance, scent, perfume (generally used in pl.; in comp. = 'fragrant,.

kāraka:

kāraka, m., N. of a prince (v. 1. for andha-k^o); (ikā), f. = -kārī, HPariṡ.; a female artisan living in the house of another woman, L.

kārī:

kārī, f. a female servant whose business is to prepare perfumes, ii, 142.

Gama:

Gama, mf(ā)n. (Pāṇ. iii, 3, 58) ifc. going (e.g. araṃ-,kāma-, kha-, tiryag-, &c.); riding on (in comp.), Hcat, i, 11, 718; m. going, course, Pāṇ. v, 2, 19;

kāri-tva:

kāri-tva, n. inconsiderateness, rashness, L.

gárbha:

gárbha, m. √grabh= grah, 'to conceive;' √2.gṛi, Uṇ. iii, 152) the womb, RV.; AV. &c.; the inside, middle, interior of anything, calyx.

kara:

kara, m. 'producing impregnation,' Nageia Putraṃjīva, Bhpr.

káraṇa:

káraṇa, n. anything which causes impregnation, AV. v, 25, 6.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. 'composer of the Garbha-hymn,' N. of Tvashṭri (author of RV. x, 184), RAnukr.

kāra:

kāra, m. 'impregnating,' N. of a Ṡastra (or recitation), ĀṡvṠr.; Vait.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. producing impregnation, Bhpr.

Guñja:

Guñja, m. humming, ṠārṅgP.; (=guccha) a bunch, bundle, cluster of blossoms, nosegay, L.; (ā), f. humming, L.; a kettle-drum, Bhaṭṭ. xiv, 2;

kṛit:

kṛit, m.' humming-maker,' a bee, L.

karī:

karī, for Gurjarī.

guṇá:

guṇá, m. (√grah, Uṇ.) a single thread or strand of a cord or twine (e.g. tri-g^o, q. v.), string or thread, rope, TS. vii; Mṛicch.; Kum.; Ragh.; a garland, W.; a bow-string, R. iii, 33, 16 (cāpa-); Ragh. ix, 54; Ṛitus.; Hit.; (in geom.) a sinew; the string of a musical instrument, chord,

karī:

karī, f. (in music) N. of a Rāgiṇī; (cf. – kirī & guḍa-kari.)

karman:

karman, n. an unessential secondary action, Madhus.; Nyāyam., Sch. (^oma-tva); (in Gr.) the secondary or less immediate object of an action. Pāṇ..ii, 3, 65. Sch.; ^orma-vibhāga, mfn. distinguishing an action and an attribute, W.; m. separation of an action and an attribute, W.

kāra:

kāra, mfn. productive of good qualities, profitable, W.; m. (in math.) the multiplier, Āryabh. ii, 23; VarBṛ. viii, 4. Sch.; 'preparing side-dishes or anysecondary article of food, 'Bhima-sena (who performed the duties of a cook while the Pāṇḍava princes were servants to Virāṭa, MBh. iv, 28 ff.; 231 ff.), L.

kāraka:

kāraka, m. (=^ora) Bhīma-sena, Gal.

kṛitya:

kṛitya, n. the function of a bowstring, Kum. iv, 15.

Gṛihá:

Gṛihá, m. an assistant, servant, RV. x, 119, 13; m (m. sg. & pl., in later language m. pl. & n. sg.) a house, habitation, home, RV. (mṛin-máya g^o, ' house of earth, ‘grave, vii, 89, l); AV. (adharád g^o,'the lower world, ‘ii, 14, 3).

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. house-building, W.; household affairs, W.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. a house-builder carpenter, R. vii, 5, 19; a kind of sparrow, L.

karman:

karman, n. = -kārya, Pañcat. ii, 3, ^5/6; BhP. x; Sāh. x, 69/70, 3; a domestic rite (performed at the solemn entrance into a house); ^orma-kara, m. a domestic servant, Pañcat.; ^orma-dāsa, m. id., Bhartṛ. i, I.

kāraka:

kāraka, m. a house-builder, mason, carpenter (kind of mixed caste), Yājn̄ . iii, 146; Parāṡ. Paddh.

kārin:

kārin, m. ‘house-builder,’ a kind of wasp, Mn. xii, 66; Yājñ. iii, 214.

kārya:

kārya, n. a domestic affair, Mn. v, 150; Daṡ. xi, 207.

Grantha:

Grantha, m. tying, binding, stringing together, L.; = ^othi, a knot, TS. vi, 2, 9, 4 (v. 1.); honeycomb, Pāṇ. iv, 3, 1 16, Vārtt.; an artificial arrangement of words (esp. of 32 syllables, = ṡloka, Jain.), verse, composition, treatise, literary production, book in prose or verse, text (opposed to artha ‘meaning,' VarBṛS.; Vākyap.; Sarvad.),Nir.i, 20; Pāṇ.; MBh.; Up. &c.; a section (of Kāṭh.); the book or sacred scriptures of the Sikhs containing short moral poems by Nānak Shāh and others (cf. RTL. pp. 158-177); wealth, property, Jain. Sch.; (cf. uttara-, nir-, shaḍ-.)

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. composition of book or treatises, W.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. a book-maker, author, W.

kāra:

kāra, m. id., MBh. xiii, 690; Vedaântas. I, Sch.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. =-kartṛi, MBh. xiii, 694.

Ghaṭa:

Ghaṭa, mfn. intently occupied or busy with (loc.), Pāṇ. v, 2,35; =ghaṭā yasyâsti, g.arṡa-ādi; m. a jar, pitcher, jug, large earthen water-jar, wateringpot, Mn. viii, xi; Yājñ. iii, 144; AmṛitUp.; MBh. & C.

kāra:

kāra, m. a potter, VarBṛS. xv, I; Laghuj. ix, 7.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. id., VarBṛS. xvi, 29.

cakrá:

cakrá, n. (Ved. rarely m.; g. ardharcâdi; fr. -√car ?; √I. kṛi, Pāṇ. vi; I, 1 2, Kāṡ.) the wheel (of a carriage, of the Sun's chariot [RV.],

kāraka:

kāraka, n. the perfume unguis odoratus, Bhpr. v, 2, 80.

Cakru(2):

Cakru, mfn. doing, effecting, Uṇ. i, 23.

cakrāṇa:

cakrāṇa, pf. Ā. p. √I.kṛi, q.v.

Cákri:

Cákri, mfn. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 171, Vārtt. 3) doing, effecting (with ace.), active, RV.; (or cakrin?) N. of a man, Pravar. vii, 9; (cf. uru-cākri.)

camat:

camat, ind. 'an interjection of surprise,' only in comp. -karaṇa, n. astonishment, Sāh. iii, 4^3/6; producing wonder, causing surprise.W.; spectacle, festival, W.; high poetical composition, W. -kāra, m. astonishment, surprise, Kathās. xxii, 257; Prab. &c.; show, spectaele, W.; riot, festive turbulence.W.; high poetical composition. W.; Achyranthes aspera, L.; -candrikā, f., N. of a grammar; -cintāmaṇi, m., N. of a work, Nirṇayas. i, 270 (-ii, 5, 24); -nagara, n., N. of a town (=vṛidáha-n^o). Gal.; -nṛitya, n. a kind of dance. kārita, mfn. astonished, Kathās. xxv, 225.-kārin, mfn. astonishing, Bījag.; Sāh.; ^ori-tā, f. the producing of astonishment, iii, 252. -√kṛi, to express astonishment, Naish. vi, 13; to produce astonishment, Prasannar. vii, 53.-kṛita, mfn. - -kārita, Sin\hās. xiv; xix, I; Ṡatr. ii, 476; become proud, Balar. iii, 30. -kṛiti. f. astonishment, surprise.

carma:

carma, in comp. (and twice ifc. see ṛishabha- & sa-) for cárman; n. a shield, L., Sch.

cárman:

cárman, n. hide, skin, RV.; AV. iv f., x ff.; TS. &c.; bark.W.; parchment.W.; a shield, MBh.; R.; BhP.; Kathās.; -=^ormâkhya, Car. vi, 7,11; [cf.gala- duṡ-; πέλμa; Lat. corium; Hib. croicionn.]

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. working in skins or leather, W.

kāra:

kāra, m. a worker in leather, shoemaker (offspring of a Caṇḍāla woman by a fisherman, Parāṡ.; or of a Vaideha female by a Nishāda, Mn.x, 36; or of a Nishāda woman, MBh. xiii, 2588), VarBṛS. Ixxxvii, 35; Rājat. iv; (ī), f. a shoemaker's wife, Kularṇ. vii; Mimosa abstergens, L.; ^orâluka, m. a kind of bulbous plant, Bhpr.

kāraka:

kāraka, m. a shoemaker, W.

kārin:

kārin, m. id., W.; (iṇī), f. a woman on the second day of her courses.

kārya:

kārya, n. working in leather or skins, Mn. x, 49.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. =-kāraka, Rājat. Iv, 55.

Cikīrsh:

Cikīrsh, mfn. (√kṛi Desid.) wishing to do, Vop.

Cikīrshaka:

Cikīrshaka, mfn. id., Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. i, I, 58 &vi, I, 193.

Cikīrshā:

Cikīrshā, f. (Pāṇ. iii, 3, 102, Kāṡ.) intention or desire to make or do or perform (generally ifc.), MBh. i; R.i,v; Pāṇ. ii, 3,66, Kāṡ. (with gen.) BhP. ii f.; (^orashā) xi, 9, 26; desire for (gen. or in comp.), MBh. i, 1860 & 5172; Hariv. 4907.

Cikīrshita:

Cikīrshita, n. ‘ intended to be done, designed, purpose, design, intention, Mn. iv, vii; MBh.; R. &c.

Cikīrshu:

Cikīrshu, mfn. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 168, Kāṡ.) intending to make or do or perform (with acc. or ifc.), MBh.; R.; Pāṇ. ii, 3, 69, Kāṡ.; BhP.; Kathās.; wishing to exercise one's selfin the use of (acc.), MBh. viii, 1965; cf. upahāri-.

cikīrshuka:

cikīrshuka, mfn. = ^orsh (with acc.), vi, 48, 83.

Cikīrshya:

Cikīrshya, mfn. to be wished to be done, to be intended, Pāṇ. vi, I, 185, Kāṡ.

Citrá:

Citrá, mf(ā)n. conspicuous, excellent, distinguished, RV.; bright, clear, bright-coloured, RV.; clear (a sound), RV.; variegated, spotted, speckled (with, instr. or in comp.), Nal. iv, 8; R.; Mṛicch,; VarBṛS.; agitated (as the sea, opposed to sama), R. iii, 39, 12; various, different, manifold, Mn. ix, 248; Yājñ. i, 287; MBh. &c.; (execution) having different varieties (of tortures), Mn.ix, 248; Daṡ. vii, 281; strange, wonderful, Rājat. vi, 227;

kara:

kara, m. (Pāṇ. iii, 3, 21 ) a painter (son of an architect by a Sūdra woman, BrahmavP. i; or by a gāndhikī, Parāṡ. Paddh.), VarBṛS.; Kathās. v, 30.

karman:

karman, n. any extraordinary act, wonderful deed, W.; magic, W.; painting, Ṡak. (in Prākṛit) vi, 4/5 (v. 1.); Kathās. Iv, 36; a painting, picture, R. vii, 28, 41; VarBṛS.; Kathās. vi, 50; Mn.iii, 64, Sch.; mfn. devoted to various occupations, BhP. x, 5, 25, m. -kara, W.; 'working wonders,' a magician, W.; Dalbergia oujeinensis, L.; ^orma-vid, mfn. skilled in the art of painting, W.; skilled in magic, W.

kāra:

kāra, m, = -kara, MBh. v, 5025; R. (G) ii, 90, 18; Sāh.; 'wonder,' astonishment, Lalit. xviii, 134.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. astonishing, Ṡatr.; m. =-kara, VarBṛS.; Kathās. v, 28; Subh.; Dalbergia oujeinensis, L.

kritya:

kritya, n. painting Kathās. lxxi, 82.

kriyā:

kriyā, f. =- kṛitya, MBh. iv, 1360.

cihna:

cihna, n. a mark, spot, stamp, sign, characteristic, symptom, MBh.; R. &c. (ifc. f. ā, Ragh. ii, 7; Ratnâv. i, 6/7); a banner, insignia, L.; a zodiacal sign, VarBṛS. iii, 3; (in Gr.) aim, direction towards, Vop. v, 7. -kārin, mfn. marking, W.; wounding, L.; frightful, L. -dhara, mfn. bearing the signs or insignia (of office), Buddh. L. -dhārini, f. Hemidesmus indicus, L.; Ichnocarpus frutescens, L. -bhūta, mfn. become a mark, Nal. xvii.

Cūrṇa:

Cūrṇa, mfn. (√carv) minute, VarBṛS. Ixxxi, 6; m. [MBh.; VarBṛS.] n. powder, flour, aromatic powder, pounded sandal, ṠāṅkhṠr.; KatyṠr.; Kauṡ.; MBh. &c. (ifc., Pāṇ. vi, 2, 134); m. chalk, lime, VarBṛS. Ixxvii, 36; Prab. ii, 1 7, Sch.; N. of a man, Virac. xv, xxviii; n. rice mixed with sesam, Yājñ. i, 303; a kind of easy prose, Vām. i, 3, 25; dividing a word by separating a double consonant for obtaining a different sense (in a riddle, & c.) iv, 1,7.

kāra:

kāra, m. a lime-burner (kind of mixed caste), Parāṡ. paddh.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. (for ^oṇi-k^o ?) N. of Ṡaṃkarâcārya, Gal.

Cūrṇi:

Cūrṇi, ^onī, f. the shell Cyprsea moneta (one Kaparda), L., Sch.; 100 Kapardas,Uṇ. iv, 52, Sch.; 'noticing every minute point of difficulty,' N. of Pat.'s Comm. (Mahā-bhāshya), L., Sch.; of the old Prākṛit commentaries on Jain texts; selection of an unanswerable argument,W.; cf. eka-.

kāra:

kāra, m. the author of a Cūrṇi (or Prākṛit Comm. on a jain text).

kṛit:

kṛit, m. ‘Cūrṇi – author,’ N. of Pat., L., =-kāra.

Cūrṇī:

Cūrṇī, ind. in comp. for ^oṇa, f.= ^oṇi, q.v.; N. of a river, W.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. Cūrṇana, n. pounding, Bālar. viii, 82. cūrṇana, Dhātup. xxxii, 46.

√kṛi:

√kṛi, to reduce to powder or dust, pulverise, grind, bruise, smash, KātySṛ. xv, 9, 29; Suṡr.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. Pulverised, smashed, MBh. vi, 5424; R.; VarBṛS. &c.

cikīrshu:

cikīrshu, mfn. intending to pulverise, BhP. x, 12, 30.

Chāyā:

Chāyā, see ^oya.

chāya:

chāya, m. granting shade (Ṡiva), MBh. xii, 10374; n. (Pāṇ ii. 4. 22 & 25; vi, 2, 14) ifc. (especially after a word to be taken in the gen.) shadow, Mn. iii, 274; Ragh. iv, 20; vii, 4; xii, 50; reflection, Naish. vi, 34; colour, complexion, beauty, Megh. 102; (ā) f. = σκιá, shade, shadow, a shady place (' a covered place, house,' Naigh. iii, 4),.

kara:

kara, m. ‘shading, ‘a parasol bearer, L.; a kind of metre, W.

Jágat:

Jágat, mfn. (√gam, redupl., Pāṇ. ii\\i, 2, 178, Vārtt. 3) moving, movable, locomotive, living, RV.; AV. &c.; (=jāgata) composed in the Jagati metre, RV. i, 164, 23; ShaḍvBr. i, 4; Lāty. i, 8, 9; m. air, wind, L.; m. pl. people, mankind, Rājat. (C) iii, 494; n. that which moves or is alive, men and animals, animals as opposed to men, men (Naigh. ii, 3), RV.; AV. &c. (^oto madhye, 'within everybody's sight,' R. vii, 97, I; 5 & 10); the world, esp. this world, earth, ṠBr.; Mn. &c.;

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. ‘world-creator,’ Brahmā, L.

kāraṇa:

kāraṇa, n. the cause of the universe, Vedântas.; -kāraṇa, n. ' the (cause of the cause, i. e. the) final cause of the universe,' Vishṇu, Vishṇ. i, 61.

jaḍa:

jaḍa, mf(ā)n. (cf. jáḷhu) cold, frigid, Pañcat. i, 12, 4; Kāvyâd. ii, 34; Rājat. iv, 41; stiff, torpid, motionless, apathetic, senseless, stunned, paralysed, Ragh. iii, 68; Ṡak. &c.; stupid, dull, Mn. viii, 394 (also a-, neg., 148); Yājñ. ii; MBh.

kriya

kriya, mfn. working slowly, L.

jatu:

jatu, n. lac, gum, Kauṡ. 13; MBh. i, xii; Suṡr.; (ūs), f. (Pāṇ. iv, I, 71, Pat.) a bat,VS. xxiv, 25 & 36; AV. ix, 2, 22; [cf. Lat. bitumen; Germ. Kitt.]

kārī:

kārī, f. red lac, L.; =-kṛit, L.

kṛit:

kṛit, f. 'lac-maker,' a kind of Oldenlandia (the ac insect forms its nest in this tree), Bhpr. v, 2, 127.

jātá:

jātá, mfn. (√jan; ifc., Pāṇ. vi, 2, 171) born, brought into existence by (loc.), engendered by (instr. or abl.), RV.&c.; grown, produced, arisen, caused, appeared, ib.; ifc. (Pāṇ. ii, 2, 5, Kāṡ.;

karman:

karman, n. a birth-ceremony (consisting in touching a newly-born child's tongue thrice with ghee afterappropriate prayers), ṠāṅkhGr.; Gṛihyās.; Mn. ii, 27& 29; Yājñ. i, II; MBh. &c.; (cf. RTL. PP. 353 & 357.)

jāla:

jāla, n. a net (for catching birds, fish &c.), AV. viii, x; KātyṠr.; PārGṛ. &c.; a hairnet, Āp.; a net (fig. ),. snare, Yājñ. iii, 119; MBh.

karman:

karman, ‘net-occupation, ‘fishing, MBh. xiii, 2653.

kāra:

kāra, m. ‘webmaker, ‘a spider, Kathās. lxx, ci.

kāraka:

kāraka, m. id., lxx.

jhaṅ:

jhaṅ, ind. (onomat.) in comp.; (cf. 2.jha). -kāra, m. a low murmuring (buzzing of bees &c.), jingling, clanking, Pan̄ cat.; Vikr.; Kād.; Bhartṛ. &c. -kārita, n. id., i, 97 (v.l. ṭaṃ-k^o). -kārin, mfn. murmuring, humming, &c., Kād. i, 251; Mālatīm. -kṛita, n. pl. = -kāra, Caitany.

Jhaṇat-kāra:

Jhaṇat-kara, m. jingling, Prab. ii, 34.

jhanat-kāra:

jhanat-kāra, =jhaṇat-, W.

jhāṃ:

jhāṃ, ind. (onomat.) in comp. -kāra, m. a low murmuring (of kettle-drums), Alaṃkārat. -kārin, mfn.=jhaṃ-k^o, Mcar. iii, 48. -kṛita, n. (cf. jhaṃ-k^o) a tinkling ornament worn round the toes or feet, L.

táskara:

táskara, m. (for tat-k^o, Nir. iii, 14; VPrāt. iii, 51) a thief, robber, RV.; AV.; VS. &c. (ifc. f. ā, Hariv. 5180; Kām. iv, 53; cf. a-taskará; ifc. used as a term of contempt [Kathās. ci, 140], Gaṇar. 114); Trigonella coraiculata, Suṡr. iv, 37, 15; Vanguiera spinosa, L.; Ardisia humilis (?), L.; the ear(derived fr.Ragh. i, 27),W.; pl. N. of particular Ketus, VarBṛS. xi, 20; (ī), f- passionate woman, L.; a kind of Mimosa, Npr. -tā, f. thievishness, thieving, Ragh. i, 27. -tva, n. id., Daṡ. -vat, ind. like a thief, W. -vṛitti, m. a purse-cutter, Bhpr. vii, 59, 15 -snāyu, m. Leea hirta, L.

tāmrá:

tāmrá, mf(ā)n. (√tam, Uṇ.) of a coppery red colour, VS. xvi (Naigh. iii, 7); MBh. &c. (tāmrā tvac,the4the of the 7 membranes with which an embryo is covered, Suṡr. iii, 4, 2); mf(ī)n. made of copper, R. iii, 21, 17; Suṡr.; Mn.vi, 63/64;BhavP.; m. a kind of leprosy with large red spots, Karmavip.; N. of a son of Naraka Bhauma, BhP. x, 59, 12; = -dvīpa, MBh. ii, 1172; Romakas.; n. -= -tā,L.; copper, Kauṡ.; Mn.&c.; a coppery receptacle, MBh.

kāra:

kāra, m. a copper-smith, L.

Tirás:

Tirás, ind. (g. svar-ādi; √tṛī) through (acc.), RV.; AV. xiii, 1, 36; across, beyond, over (acc.), RV.; AV. vii, 38, 5; so as to pass by, apart from, without, against (acc.), RV. (^oráṡ cittáni,' without the knowledge,' vii, 59, 8; ^oró váṡam, 'against the will.'x, 171,4); apart or secretly from (abl.), AV. Xii, 3, 39; ṠBr. i, iii; obliquely, transversely, MārkP. xvii, 3; apart, secretly, TS. ii, 5, I0, 6; AitBr. ii; ṠBr.; [cf. Zd. tarō; Lat. trans; Goth, thairh; Germ, durch; Hib. tar, tair.]

kara:

kara, mf (ī)n. excelling (with gen.) BhP, I, 10, 27.

karaṇi:

karaṇi, f. (for ^oriṇi = ^oriṇī ?) a curtain, R. ii, 15, 20 (v. l. rin).

karin:

karin, m., see ^orani; (iṇī), f. id., Mālav. ii, I & 11; Kum. i, 4; Hcar. &c.; a magical veil rendering the wearer invisible, Ṡak. vi; Vikr.

kāra:

kāra, m. placing aside, concealment, W.; abuse, censure, Hit. I,2, 25/26; iv; disdain, Pāṇ.ii, 3, 17, Kāṡ.; Kathās. xxxii, 55; SārṅgP.; a cuirass, Kir. xvii, 49.

kārin:

kārin, mfn.ifc. excelling, Ratnâv. i, 25; (iṇī), f. =-kar^o, L., Sch.

√kṛi:

√kṛi, -karoti (also ^oraḥ k^o, Pāṇ. i, 4, 72; viii, 3, 42; ind. p. -kṛitya [also ^oraḥ kṛitvā, ib.], KātyṠr. vi; Mn. iv, 49) to set aside, remove, cover, conceal, ṠBr. &c.; to excel, Ragh. iii, 8; Pan̄ cat.; Bhaṭṭ. &c.; to blame, abuse, treat disrespectfully, despise, BhP.; Hit.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. concealed, R. ii; Amar.; Bhaṭṭ.; eclipsed, W.; excelled, Pañcat.; censured, reviled, despised,, ib. (a-, neg.); -prātiveṡya, m.= tiraḥ-pr^o, q.v.; -sambhāsha, mfn. a-, neg. speaking together without abusing each other, MBh. iii, 233, 27.

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. reproach, disrespect (ifc), Daṡar. i, 41.

kriyā:

kriyā, f. id., Pañcat.; concealment, shelter, R. vi, 116, 27.

Tīrthá:

Tīrthá, n. (rarely m., MBh.) a passage, way, road, ford, stairs for landing or for descent into a river, bathing-place, place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams, piece of water, RV. &c.;

kara:

kara, mfn. creating a passage (through life), MBh xiii, 7023 (Vishṇu); m. Ṡiva; a head of a sect, Sarvad. iv, vi, ix; = -kṛit, Jain.

kṛit:

kṛit, m.' T^o-maker,' a Jain Arhat, Jain.; VarBṛ. xv, 4.

ṃ-kara:

ṃ-kara, m. =.kṛit, Jain

tailá:

tailá, n. (fr. tíla) sesamum oil, oil, AV.i,7,2(?); Kauṡ.; Gobh.; Mn. &c. (ifc. Pāṇ.v, 2, 29, Vārtt.4,Pat.; ifc. f. ā, Kum. vii, 9); olibanum, VarBṛS. Ixxvii, 4 & 6.

kāra:

kāra, m. an oil-miller, BrahmavP. i.

thūt:

thūt, ind. (fr. shṭhyūta?).-kāra, m. the sound made in spitting, Rājat. viif. -kṛita, n. id.,vii, iii6.-kṛitya, ind. spitting, ib. Thūthū, imitative sound of spitting, Sûktik.

thut-kāra:

thut-kāra, m. = thūt-k^o, W., L. Thuthu, = thūtthū. – kṛit, m. N.of a bird, Npr.

Darvī:

Darvī, f. = ^ovi, a ladle, VS. ii, 49 (voc. ^ovi; cf. Pāṇ. vii, 3, 109,Vārtt. 2); Kauṡ.; AṡvGr.; PārGṛ.; Gobh.; MBh. &c.; the hood of a snake, L.; N. of a country, vi, 362.

kara:

kara, m. a hooded snake (class of snakes with 26 species), Suṡr. i, 46; v, 4; Daṡ. vii, 165; Ashṭâṅg. vi, 36.

dāra:

dāra, m. pl. (probably not connected with I. dāra and √dṛi, but cf. Pāṇ. iii, 3, 20, Vārtt. 4) a wife (wives), GṛS.'; Mn.; MBh. &c. (^oān- √kṛi or pra-kṛi, take to wife, marry, MBh.; cf. kṛita-); rarely m. sg. (Āp. i, 14, 24; Gaut. xxii, 29), f.sg. (BhP.vii, 14, ii) and n. pl. (Pan̄ e. i,45).

karman:

karman, n. thking a wife, marrying, Mn. iii, 5, 12.

kriyā:

kriyā, f. id., MBh.; R.

Dik:

Dik, in comp. for 2. diṡ, f. quarter or region pointed at, direction, cardinal point, RV.; A V.; ṠBr. &c. (four in number, viz. prācī, east; dakshiṇā, south; pratīcī, west; and udīcī, north, AV. xv, 2, 1; ĀṡvGṛ. iv, 8 &c.;

kara:

kara, mf(ī)n. youthful, juvenile (lit. making, i. e. changing q^o continually, restless); m. a youth, L.; = aruṇa (as making a q^o for the sun), L.; = ṡambhu (granter of space, promoter?), L.; (ī), f. a young woman, L.; -vāsinī, f. a form of Devī, VP.

dína:

dína, (accented only Naigh. i, 9), m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, only occurring as n.) a day, Mn.; Ragh.; Pañcat. &c. (ifc. also in Vedic texts), ifc. f. ā, Rājat. i, 347. [Cf. Lat. peren-dinus, nūndi nus &c.; Got. sin-teins; Lit. d ēna; O.Pr. acc. sgl. deinan; S\lav.dînî.]

kara:

kara, mf\.(ī) n. Making day or light; m. the sun, Kāv.&c.; N. of an Āditya, RāmatUp.; of the author of the wk. Candrârkī; of a Sch. on Ṡiṡ. (miṡra-d^o); of other men; (ī), f. (scil, ṭīkā) N. of Comm. on the Bhāshāp. and Siddhânta- muktâvalī; ^ora-ṭippanī, f. N. of a Comm.; ^ora-tanaya, m. 'son of the sun,' the planet Saturn, Var.; ^ora-deva, m. N. of a poet; ^ora-bhaṭṭa, m. N. of an author; ^oṭīya, n. his wk.; ^orâtmaja, m. 'daughter of the sun,' patr. of the river Yamunā; ^orīya, n., rôddyota, m. N. of wks.

kartavya:

kartavya, n. ‘day-duty,’ ceremonies to be performed daily, Kathās.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. ‘day-marker, ‘the sun, Hariv.

kārya:

kārya, n. = kartavya, Kathās.

kṛit:
kṛit, m. = -kartṛi, MBh.; VarBṛS. &c.; -suta, m. = -karatanaya, VarYogay.; ^od-divasa, m. Sunday, ib.

kṛitya:

kṛitya, n. = -kartavya, Kathās. iii, 410 (printed diva-k^o).

Divasa:

Divasa, m. (or n., g. ardharcâdi, L.) heaven, TBr. i, 7, 6, 6; a day, MBh.; Kāv. &c. [Cf. & Fєs in , Єύóιέστєρos, єύóιєσυós.]

kara:

kara, m. 'day-maker,' the sun, R.; Hariv. &c.

kṛit:

kṛit, m. id., MBh.; Var.

kriyā:

kriyā, f. the religious performances of the day, Kathās. liv, 136.

Dívā:

Dívā, ind. (for divā, instr. of 3. dív), g. svarādi, by day (often opposed to náktam), RV.; used also as subst., e.g. divā bhavati, ChUp. iii, 11, 3; (with rātris) MBh. ii, 154 &c.; esp. in beginning of comp.

kará:

kará, m.'day-maker,'the sun, AV.; MBh.; R. &c. (with niṡā- among the sons of Garuḍa, MBh.v,3599); a crow, L.; Calotropis Gigantea (cf.arká], L.; N. of an Āditya, RāmatUp.; of a Rakshas, VP.; of a prince, VP. ( = divârka, BhP.); of the founder of the Sūrya-bhakta sect; of other men (also -bhaṭṭa); -mitra, m. N. of a man, Hcar. 201; -vatsa, m. N. of an author; -varalocana, m. a partic. Samādhi, Kāraṇḍ.; -suta, m. 'son of the sun,' the planet Saturn, VarBṛS.; (ā), f. ' daughter of the sun,' N. of the river Yamunā, ib.; -karôddyota, m. N. of a wk.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. done by day. MW.

dúr:

dúr, incomp. for dus (p.488), denoting ' bad ' or 'difficult ' &c.; durishṭha, (superl.) very bad or difficult or wicked; n. great crime or wickedness, L.

ishṭa:

ishṭa, n. (√3. ish) 'bad wish," curse, sorcery, (cf^o.īshaṇā); -kṛit, mfn. performing a magic spell to injureanother. VP.

Durgá:

Durgá, mfn. (2. dur & √gam) difficult of access or approach, impassable, unattainable, AV.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; m. bdellium, L.; N. of an Asura (supposed to have been slain by the goddess Durgā, Skanda P.) and of sev. men (g. naḍâdi, Pāṇ. iv, 1, 99), esp. of the commentator on Yāska's Nirukta; also abridged for durga-gupta, durgā-dāsa &c.; (ā), f. see Durgā; n. (m. only Pan̄ c, v, 76; B n.) a difficult or narrow passage, a place difficult of access, citadel, stronghold (cf.ab-,giri-&.c.); rough ground, roughness, difficulty, danger, distress, RV.; AV.; Mn.;MBh. &c.

karman:

karman, n. fortification, MBh.; R.

kāraka:

kāraka, m.' making difficult or impassable,' the Bhojpatra or birch tree,L.

dur:

dur, incomp. for dus (p.488),denoting ' bad ' or 'difficult' &c.; durishṭha, (superl.) very bad or difficult or wicked; n. great crime or wickedness, L.

nāman:

nāman, m. ' having a bad name,' N. of a Yaksha, BrahmaP.; f. ( =m. or^o mnī) a cockle, L.; hemorrhoids, piles, L. (cf. -ṇāman}; ^omâri, m. ' enemy of p^o,' the bulbous root of Amorphophallus Campanulatus, L.; ^omaka, n. hemorrhoids; ^omikā, f. a cockle, L.

Dush:

Dush, in comp. for dus.

kara:

kara, mfn. hard to be done or borne, difficult, arduous, Br.; Mn.; MBh. &c. (often with inf.; ^oraṃyad or yadi, with indic, or Pot. and also with inf. = hardly, scarcely, MBh.; R.); rare, extraordinary, MBh.; Kathās.; doing wrong, behaving ill,wicked , bad, W.; n. difficult act, difficulty, ib.; austerity, Divyâv. 392; aether, air, L.; the tree of plenty, W.; -karman (v. 1. dushkarma- kārin), mfn. doing difficult things, clever, Daṡ.; -kārin, mfn. id.; experiencing difficulties, R. &c. (^oritā, f. MBh. xii, 5886); -caryā, f. hard penance, N. of a ch. of Lalit.; -sādhana, n. means of overcoming difficulties, Daṡ.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. a difficult or miserable work, Kāṡ. on Pāṇ.vi, 2, 14.

karman:

karman, n. wickedness, sin; any difficult or painful act, MBh.; mfn. acting wickedly, criminal, ib.; ^oma-sūdana, mf(ī)n. destroying criminals, Ṡatr.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. acting wickedly, criminal, evil-doer, RV.; AV.; MBh.

kṛita:

kṛita, (dùsh-), mfn. wrongly or wickedly done, badly arranged or organized or applied, ṠBr. viii, 6, 2, 18; MBh. &c.; (^otá), n. evil action, sin, guilt, RV.; ṠBr.; ChUp.; Mn.; MBh.&c.; apartic. Class of sins, Divyâv.544; -kárman, mfn. acting wickedly, criminal. Mn.; Yājñ.; R.; n. wicked deed, wickedness, W.; ^ota-bahishkṛita, mfn. free from sin, W.; ^otâ\tman, mfn. evilminded, wicked, base, BhP.

kṛiti:

kṛiti, mfn. acting wickedly, an evil-doer, MBh.; ^otin, id., ib.

Dṛishṭá:

Dṛishṭá, mfn. seen, looked at, beheld, perceived, noticed, Mn.; MBh.; Kāv.&c.; visible, apparent, AV.; VS.; considered, regarded, treated, used, Sak. iii, 7; Pañc, i, 401/402; appeared, manifested, occurring, existing, found, real, Kāv.; Pañc.; Hit.; experienced, learnt, known, understood, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; seen in the mind, devised, imagined, MBh.; R.; allotted, destined, ib.; settled, decided, fixed, acknowledged, valid, Mn.; Yājñ.; MBh. &c.; n. perception, observation, Sāṃkhyak.; Tattvas.; (scil. bhaya) a real or obvious danger.

karman:

karman, mfn. whose actions are seen or proved, tried by practice, MBh.; Rājat.;

who has seen the practice of others, Suṡr.; Bhpr.

Dṛíshṭi:

Dṛíshṭi, f. seeing, viewing, beholding (also with the mental eye), Br.; Up. &c.; sight, the faculty of seeing, ṠBr.; Mn.; Suṡr. &c.; the mind's eye, wisdom, intelligence, BhP.; L.; regard, consideration, L.; view, notion, Bhag.; Kap.; (with Buddhists) a wrong view; theory, doctrine, system, Jātakam.; eye,look, glance, Mn.; MBh.; Kāv. &c. (^oṭiṃdā with loc. turn the eye to, look at, Ṡṛiṅgār. 15); the pupil of the eye, Suṡr.; aspect of the stars (e. g. ṡubha-), Var.

kṛit or -kṛita:

kṛit or -kṛita, m. or n. ‘suitable to the faculty of seeing, ‘Hibiscus Mutabilis, L.

Doshā:

Doshā, f. darkness, night, RV.; AV. &c. (ām & ā [instr.; cf. g. svar-ādi], ind. in the evening, at dusk, at night); Night personified (and regarded with Prabhā as wife of Pushpaârṇa and mother of Pradosha or Evening, Niṡitha [I] or Midnight and Vyushṭa or Day-break), BhP. iv, 13, 13; 14 (cf. doshás, paṡcā-dosha, pra-dosha, prati-dosham).

kara:

kara, m. ‘night-maker,’ the moon, Ṡatr.

Dyuti:

Dyuti, f. splendour (as a goddess, Hariv. 14035) brightness, lustre, majesty, dignity, Mn.; MBh. Var.; Kāv. &c.; (dram.) a threatening attitude Daṡar.; Sāh.; m. N. of a Ṛishi under Manu Merusāvarṇa, Hariv.; of a son of Manu Tāmasa, ib.

kara:

kara, mf(ī)n. producing splendour, illuminating bright, handsome.W.; m. the polar star or (in myth.) the divine sage Dhruva, L.

Kiṃ:

Kiṃ, (in comp. for kim).

kara:

kara, m. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 21) a servant, slave, MBh.; R. &c.; (probably) a particular part of a carriage, AV. viii, 8, 22; a kind of Rākshasa, MBh.; R.; N. of one of Ṡiva's attendants, Kathās. cxviii, 5; (ās), m. pl., N. of a people, R. iv, 44, 13; (ā), f. a female servant, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 21, Vārtt.; (ī), f. the wife of a servant, ib.; a female servant, MBh. iv, 634; BhP.; Kathās.; -tva, n. the condition of a servant or slave, Pañcat.; -pāṇi, mfn. (fr. kirm karavāṇi,' what am 1 to do?'), having hands ready to attend any one, MBh. iii, 303; kiṃkarī- √bhū, to become a slave, Comm. on Naish. vi, 8 1; kiṃkarīya, Nom. P. ^oyati, to think (any one) to be a slave, HYog.

+

kartavya-tā:

kartavya-tā, f. any situation or circumstances in which one asks one’s self what ought to be done ? Daṡ.; (cf. iti- kart^o.)

+

karman:

karman, mfn. of what occupation ? R. iii, 73, 9.

+

kāraṇa:

kāraṇa, mfn. having what reason or cause? ṠvetUp.

s

+

kārya-tā:

kārya-tā , f. =. kartavya- tā, Kathās. x, 101; lxxx, 50.

+

kṛite:

kṛite, loc ind. what for ? Kathās. lxxi, 79.

Dyūtá:Dyūtá, n. (m. only MBh. ii, 2119; cf. Pāṇ. ii, 4, 31) play, gaming, gambling (esp. with dice, but also with any inanimate object), AV.; ṠrS.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; (fig.) battle or fight, contest for (comp.), MBh. iii, 3037 &c.; the prize or booty won in battle, ib. vii, 3966; ix, 760.

+

kara:

kara, m. a gambler, Mricch.; -maṇḍalī, f. a gambler's circle (cf.dyūtamaṇḍala), ib. ii, 5/6.

+

kāra:

kāra, m. = kara, Pañc.; = next. L.

+

kāraka:

kāraka, m. the keeper of a gaming – house, L.

+

kiṃkarī:

kiṃkarī, f. = dāsī, Pracaṇḍ ii, 42.

+

kṛit:

kṛit, m. a gambler, L.

Dravī:

Dravī, in comp. for drava., drava mfn. (fr. √2. dru) running (as a horse), RV. iv, 40, 2; flowing, fluid, dropping, dripping, trickling or overflowing with (comp.), Kāṭh.; Mn.; MBh.; Kāv.; fused, liquefied, melted, W.'; m. going, quick motion, flight, Hariv.; play, sport, Jātakam.; distilling, trickling, fluidity, Bhāshāp.;

+

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. liquefaction, melting, L.

+

√kṛi:

√kṛi, to liquefy, melt, L.

drāva, m. (fr.√2. dru) going quickly,speed, flight; fusing, liquefaction; heat, L.

+

-kara, m. a kind of borax; a flux, L.

Dvitīyā. ind. -√kṛi, to plough the second time, Pāṇ. v, 4, 58, Kāṡ.

Dhanush, in comp. for ^onus. Dhánus, n. (m. g. ardharcâdi; cf. dhanu) a bow, RV. &c. &c.; a measure of length = 4 Hastas or1/2000Gavyūti, Mn.; Yājñ. &c.;

+

-kara, m. a bow-maker, L.; (ī), f. a kind of flower, L.

-kāraand -kṛít, m. a b^o-maker, VS.

Dhárma, m. (rarely n., g. ardharcâdi; the older form of the RV. is dhárman, q. v.) that whichis established or firm, steadfast decree, statute, ordinance,law; usage, practice, customary observance or prescribed conduct, duty; right, justice (often as a synonym of punishment); virtue, morality, religion,religious merit, good works.

+

-karman, n. work of duty,pious action, BrahmavP.;Subh.

-kāra, m. 'law-doer,'N. of a man, MW.

-kāraṇa, n. cause of virtue, ib.

-kārya, n. any act ofduty or religion, good work,virtuous conduct, Mn.;Yājñ.;Ṡak.

-kṛit, mfn. doing one's duty, virtuous, MBh.

-kṛitya, n. fulfilmentof duty, virtue, any moral or religious observance,Āpast.; Hariv.

-kriyā, f.observance of duties, pious work, righteous conduct,Mn.; Var.; Kām.; Ṡak.

Dharmâdhikaraṇa, n. administration or court ofjustice, Pañc, (-sthāna, n. a law-court, ib.); m. a judge, magistrate, MatsyaP. Dharmâdhikāra,m. administration of the l^os, Ṡak.; N. of wk.; -kāraṇika (Pañc.) and ^oṇin (L.),m. a judge; ^orika,mfn.relating to the chapter on the 1^o, Cat.; ^orin, mfn. administrator of the 1^o, chief officer of justice, judge, magistrate, Pañc.; Rājat. (^ori-purusha, m. officer of a law-court, Vet.); a judge of morals, censor, preacher, Sin\hâs. Dharmâdhikṛita, m. a judge, Pañc.

dharsha, m. (√dhṛish) boldness, insolence, arrogance, MBh. i, 7040 (cf. dur-); impatience, W.; paralysing, rendering weak or impotent, ib.; violation (of a woman), ib.; injury, wrong, insult; restraint,ib.; a eunuch, ib.

+

-kāriṇī, f. aviolated virgin, W.

dhik, ind., used as a prefix or as an interj. of reproach, menace or displeasure = fie!shame! out upon ! what a pity ! &c. (with acc., rarely gen., voc. or nom.), Up.; Lāṭy.; MBh.: Kāv. &c.also dhig dhik, aho dhik, hā dhik, hā dhik kashṭam,hā hā dhik&c.; dhik tvām or tava [also with astu] shame upon you!) -kāra, m. reproach,contempt, scoffing,BhP. -√kṛi. to reproach, reprimand,curse, MBh.; R. &c. –kṛita, mfn. reproached&c.; mocked, derided, Daṡ.; n. pl. reproach, contempt,ib. -kriyā, f. = prec. n. pl., L.

Dhūrta, mfn. (√dhūrv or dhvṛi) cunning,crafty, frauduleṇt, subtle, mischievous; m. a rogue,cheat, deceiver,' swindler, sharper, gambler, Yājñ.;MBh.; Kāv. &c. (also ifc.; cf. kaṭha- and Pāṇ. ii,I , 65); N. of Skanda, AV. Pariṡ.;' the thorn-apple,L.; a partic. fragrant plant, L.; (ā),f. a sort of nightshade,L.; n. rust or iron-filings, L.; black salt, L.

+

-kṛít, m.thorn-apple, L.; knave, rogue, cheat, W.

Dhmā, m. (?) blowing, -kāra, m. a blacksmith,L.

Námas, n. bow, obeisance, reverential salutation,adoration (by gesture or word; often with dat., e.g.Rāmāyanamah, salutation or glory to Rāma, oftenind. [g. svar-ādi]; namas-√kṛi, to utter a salutation,do homage; ind.p. ^omas-kṛitya [AV.; TS.&c.]or ^omas-kṛitvā [MBh.; BhP.]; námas-kṛita, worshipped,adored), RV. &c. &c.; food, Naigh. ii, 7;a thunderbolt, ii, 20; gift, donation, L.; m. (?) an inarticulate cry, L.

+

-kartṛi, mfn. worshipping, aworshipper, MBh.

-kārá, m. the exclamation 'namas,'adoration, homage, AV.; Br.; &c.; a sort ofpoison, L.; (ī), f. a kind of plant; ^ora-vat, mfn.containing the word 'namas-kāra,' AitBr.; ^ora-vidhi&rastava, m. N. of wks.

-kārya, mfn. to be worshipped or adored, venerable, MBh.; Hariv.

- kṛiti (Kād.), -kriyā(MBh.),f. adoration, homage.

náva, mf(ā)n. (prob. fr.I. nù) new,fresh, recent, young, modern (opp. to sana,purāṇa),RV. &c. &c. (often in comp. with a subst., e.g.navânna, cf. Pāṇ. ii, 1, 49; or with a pp. in the sense of 'newly, just, lately,' e.g. navôdita, below);

+

-kārikā, f. a newly-married woman, L. (w.r. for -varikā?); a new Kārikā (q. v.), L.

Nāndī, f. (√nand) joy, satisfaction, pleasure,RV.; MBh.; eulogium or praise of a deity, (esp.) a kind of blessing pronounced as a prologue to a drama, Mṛicch.; Kālid.; Sāh.; Pratāp. &c.; (in music) a partic. measure; =dvādaṡa-tūrya-nirghosha, L.-kara, m. (in dram.) the speaker of the prologue; a proper N., Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. vi, 3, 63.

Nāndi for ^ondī in comp. -kara, m. = ^odī-k^o, L.

Nāma, in comp. for nāman, q.v. (sometimes ifc. as in satya-, q.v.) Nāman, n. (prob. neither fr.√jñā nor fr.√mnā[cf. Uṇ. iv, I50];ifc. f. either =m. or ^omnī) a characteristic mark or sign, form, nature, kind,manner, RV.; VS.; AV.; name, appellation, RV.&c.&c.; personal name.

+

-karaṇa, m- nominal suffix,Nir.; n. the calling of a person (gen.) by the name of(^onāmnā),Sarvad.; the ceremony of naming a child after birth, Kauṡ. &c.; RTL. 370; (^oraṇaṃ√kṛi,to perform this c^o), BhP.; -prayoga, m. N. of wk.

-karman, n. name-giving (cf. prec.), R.

ni-√I.kṛi. P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute (dat.inf. ni-kartave, RV. viii, 78, 5), to bring down,humiliate, subdue, overcome, RV.; AV.; VS.; ṠBr.:Desid. -cikīrshati, to wish to overcome, AV. ^okartavya, mfn. to be acted badly or basely, to be injured, MW. ^okartu, m.(?) a sword, Kāv.^okartṛi, m. one who acts badly or basely, MBh.(v. 1. vi-k^o). ^okāra, m. bringing down, humiliation,wrong, offence, injury, MBh.; Kāv.&c.; wickedness,malice, W.; opposition, contradiction, W.; = next,Gal. ^okāraṇa, n. killing, slaughter, L. ^okārin,m. injurer, oppressor, VS. ^okṛita, mfn. broughtdown, humiliated, offended, injured, tricked, deceived,MBh.; R.&c.; low, base,wicked,ib.; removed,set aside, dismissed, W.; n. lowering, humbling, humiliation,Bhartṛ. ii, 30 (v.l. ^oti); -prajña (MBh.),-mati (BhP.), mfn. depraved in mind. ^okṛiti,mm. deceitful, dishonest, MBh. xii, 6269; iii, 11810(Nīlak,); m. N. of one of the 8 Vasus, Hariv. (v.l.nir-ṛiti);f. low conduct, baseness, dishonesty,fraud, wickedness, MBh.; R. &c. (personified as adaughter of A-dharma and mother of Lobha [MBh.],or as a sister of I.obha and daughter of Dambha[BhP.]); abuse, reproach; rejection.removal; poverty,indigence, W.; -jīvana, mfn. subsisting by fraud or dishonesty, acting deceitfully, MBh.; -prajña, mfn. versed in dishonesty, well acquainted withvice,MBh.(cf.^ota-pr^o);^otiṃ-jush,mfn. delightingin dishonestyor vice, BhP. ^okṛitin (MBh.) and ^okṛitimat(Subh.), mfn. dishonest, low, base, wicked.^okṛityā, f. wickedness, dishonesty,MBh.;MārkP.^okrítvan, mfn. deceitful (as dice), RV. x, 34, 7.

nítya, mf(ā)n. (fr.ni; cf. ni-ja) innate,native, MBh. iii, 13941; one's own (opp.to araṇa), RV.; continual, perpetual, eternal, RV.&c. &c.; ifc. constantly dwelling or engaged in, intentupon,devoted or used to.

+

-karman, n. a constant act or duty (as observanceof the 5 great acts of worship), any daily andnecessary rite, Jaim., Sch.; N. of wk.; ^oma-paddhati,-prakāṡikā, -latā, f., -vidhi, m.; ^omânushṭhāna-krama, m. N. of wks.

-kṛitya, n.a regular and necessary act or ceremony, Hit.

-kriyā,f. id.; N. of wk.

nimitta,n. (possibly connected withni-√mā) a butt, mark, target, MBh.; sign,omen, Mn.; Yājñ.; MBh. &c. (cf. dur-n^o); cause,motive, ground, reason, Up.; Kap.; Var.; Mn.;MBh.; Kāv. &c.

+

-kāraṇa, n. instrumental or efficient cause (esp. the Deity as the agentin creation),W.; -tā, f., MW.

-kṛit, m. 'omenmaker,'a crow, raven, L.

ni^omeshá, m.shutting the eye, twinkling, winking, TS.; Mn.;Yājñ.; MBh. &c. (also as a measure of time i.e. amoment; ^oshādiva, inam^o, MBh.; R.&c.; ^oshaṃnimesham, every m^o, ṠBr.; as a disease, Suṡr.);N. of a Yaksha, MBh.; -kṛit, f. 'twinkler,' lightning,L.;

nir-ā-√I.kṛi, P.-karoti,toseparateor divide off, ChUp.; to drive away, turn or keepoff, repudiate, remove, reject, omit, refuse, spurn,oppose, contradict, MBh.; Kāv. &c. ^okaraṇa, n.separating (in a-nirāk^o), Sarvad.; driving away,turning out, expelling, removing, repudiating (of awoman), opposing, contradicting, denying, Kālid.;Sarvad. &c.; forgetting (in a-nirāk^o), TĀr.;Pār-Gṛ.; neglecting the chief sacrificial or religious duties, W. ^okaraṇīya, mfn. to be opposed or refuted, Ṡaṃk. ^okarishṇu, mfn. rejecting, repudiating, Ragh.; obstructive, envious, hindering or preventing from (abl.), Rājat.; forgetful, PārGṛ.;-tā, f. envy, malevolence, Suṡr. ^okartavya, mfn.-=^okaraṇīya, Ṡaṃk. ^okartṛi, mfn. contradicting, refuting, Ṡaṃk.; repudiating, repudiator of (gen.),Hcat.; contemner, despiser (esp. of the Veda andreligion), MBh. 2.^okāra m. rebuke, reproach, censure, L. ^okṛita,mfn. pushedor driven away, repudiated, expelled, banished, rejected, removed; frustrated, destroyed; omitted,forgot; refuted; despised, made light ^onf, MBh.;Kāv. &c.; deprived of (comp.), Bhaṭṭ.; -nimesha,mfn. (eye) forgetting to wink, Ṡak. (Pi.) ii, 11(41);^otânyôttara, mfn. excluding every answer, irrefutable (-tva, n.), L. 2.^okṛiti, obstruction, impediment, interruption, Sāh.; repudiation,rejection, contradiction, refutation, L.; forgetting(see sarva-n^o), BhP.; mfn. impeding,obstructing, L.; m. N. of a son of the first ManuSāvarṇi, Hariv. 2.^okṛitin ,mfn. one who has forgotten what he has learned (anirāk^o),ĀsvṠr.; cf. g. ishṭâdi. ^okriyā, f. expulsion,removal, MBh.; contradiction, refutation, L.

Niṡā, f. night, GṛṠrS.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; a vision,dream, MBh.; turmeric, Curcuma (of 2 species,prob. C^oZedoaria and C^o Longa), Suṡr.; = -bala,Jyot.

+

-kara, m. (ifc, f. ā) 'night-maker,' the moon (with Divā-kara among the sons of Garuḍa) ,MBh.; R. &c.; N. of a Ṛishi, R.; of the numeral I,Sūryas.; a cock, L.; -kalā-mauli, m. 'bearing acrescent as diadem," N. of Ṡiva, Kathās.

nish√I. kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute&c. (2 pl. -kṛitha, impf. -askṛita [Padap. And Prāt. -akṛita], -kranta, RV.;Impv. -kuru, AV.-kṛidhi, ib.; -kṛiṇotana, RV. pres. p. -kṛiṇvāna,ib.; aor. Pass, nir-akāri, Bhaṭṭ.), to bring out,extract, drive away, expel, remove, RV.; AV.;ṠBr.; to break in pieces, Bhaṭṭ.; to arrange, set inorder, prepare, RV.; TS. (cf. ish-kṛi); to restore,cure, RV.; AV. ^okāraṇa, n. taking off, killing,L. ^okṛit,mfn.,see yajña.nishkṛit^okṛitá, mfn.done away, removed, expelled, atoned, expiated(cf. a-nishkṛita); made ready, prepared; n. atonement,expiation, BhP.; a fixed place, place ofrendezvous, RV.; ^otâhāva, mfn. furnished with atrough, TS. ^okṛiti (nish-\) f. complete development(see garbha-nishkṛiti); restoration, cure,RV.; acquittance, requital, atonement, expiation,RV. &c. &c.; removal, doing away, escaping,avoiding, neglecting, L.; w.r. for ni-kṛiti, BhP.;m. a form of Agni, MBh.

Nish for nis (q.v.) before k, kh; p,ph.

+

-kriya,mfn. = -karman,Up. MBh&c nthe actionless One,' the Supreme Spirit W -tāf. inactivity neglectof(comp.),MBh.;^oyâtmanmfn lazy), inactive;^otma-tā,f. inactivity, non-performance of religious acts or prescribed duties, Mn.; MBh.

Nish for nis (q.v.) before k, kh; p,ph.

+

-pattra, mfn. leafless, MBh.; R.; unfeathered, featherless (cf, ^otrā √kṛiand a- nishpattram); m or n. the clove tree, L.; ^otraka, mfn. leafless; (ikā) f. CapparisAphylla, I..; ^otraya, Nom. P. ^oyatito deprive ofleaves, MBh.; ^otrā-√kṛi, to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side (opp. Tosa-pattrā-√kṛi), Daṡ; tocauseexcessive pain, wound severely (fig.); Bhām.; ^otrākṛiti, f. causing excessive bodily pain, L.

Nyak, in comp. for 2. ny-añc below. -karaṇa,n. lowering, degrading, treating with disrespect,W.-kāra,m. humiliation, contempt, disregard, Hariv.;BhP. -kṛita, mfn. humbled, treated with contempt or contumely, Rājat.; Kathās. -kṛiti, f. = -kāra,Bālar.; Pañcad. -kṛitya, ind. having humbled,by humbling, Rājat.

ny-ā- √I. kṛi (only Impv. -kuru), tohold back, RV. x, 19, 2.

Pakvá mf(ā)n.(consideredasp.p. of √2.pac;.Pāṇ. viii, 2,52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also appliedto the milk in an udder); warmed (cf. dvish-),Gobh.; Mn. &c.; baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots), ṠBr.; Var. &c.; ṛipe,mature (lit.and fig.), RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits); grey, hoary (as the hair), Dhūrtas.;accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding,character &c.), MBh.; BhP.; ripe for decay,near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying, ib.;digested, W.; n. cooked food, dish, RV.; AV.;ṠBr.; ripe corn, AV.; the ashes of a burnt corpse,ib.

+

-kṛit, mfn. cooking, maturing,dressing food; m. Azadirachta Indica, L.

pañca, in comp. for pañcan.

+

-karma,n. (L.).

-karman, n. (Suṡr.).

-karmī, f.(L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz.giving emetics, purgative medicines, sterntatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily);^omavidhi and ^omâdhikāra, m. N. of medic, wks.

-kṛitya,n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛishṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra,tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa), Sarvad.; (m.)a species of plant, L.

-kṛitvas, ind. 5 times, Lāṭy.; KātyṠr.; Suṡr.

Pañcī, in comp. for ^oca =^ocan. -karaṇa, n.(√I.kṛi) making into 5, causing anything tocontainall the 5 elements, Vedântas.; N. of sev. wks.; -tātparya-candrikā, f., -prakriyā, f., -mahāvākyârtha,m. (and ^otha. bodha, m.), -vārttika, n. (and^okâbharaṇa, n.), -vivaraṇa,n., -viveka, m., ^oṇânandâkhyā, f. N. of wks. -kṛita, mfn. made into 5 (cf. above), Vedântas.; --ṭikā, f. N. of wk.

Pañji or pañjī, f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun, L.; (ī), f. an almanac,calendar, register, L. Pañji-kāraka, m. =pañjikā- k^o, L. Pañjī-kara, m. id., L.Pañjikā, f.  pañjī, L.; a perpetual commentarywhich explains and analyses every word (also =kātantra-vṛitti-p^o); a book in which receipts andexpenditure are entered, L.; the register or record of human actions kept by Yama, L. -kāraka, m.a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe; an almanacmaker. -pradīpa, m. N. of wk.

Paṭa, m. (n. L.;ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, ablanket, garment, veil, screen, MBh.; Kāv. &c. (cf.marut-, vāta-); a painted piece of cloth, a picture,Yājñ.; Kād.;+

-kāra, m. a weaver; a painter, L.

Pattrôpaskara, m. Cassia Sophora,L.

pari√I.kṛi, P. -karoti&c. (cf.pari-sh-kṛi), to surround,MBh.; to uphold, Divyâv.kara, mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists, W.; m.(ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue,train (sg. and pl.), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; multitude, abundance, Bhartṛ.; Bālar.; a girth, zone, waist-band,(esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (^oram√bandhor ^oraṃ√kṛi, 'to gird up one's loins, make preparations,'and so pari-kara = ārambha, L.),Hariv.; Kāv.; Rājat. &c.; (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bija, Daṡar.; (in rhet.) a partic, figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement,Kpr.; Sāh. &c.; -ṡloka, Alaṃkārav.; discrimination,judgment, L.; -bandha,m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work, MW.;-bhūta, mfn. being instrumental, Āryabh., Sch.;-vijaya, m. N. of wk.; -ṡloka, m. versus auxiliaris,Alaṃkārav. ^okarita, mfn. accompanied by(instr.), Vcar. ^okartṛi, m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married, L. ^okarman, m. a servant,assistant, L.; n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP.; dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing), MBh.; Kālid.; cleansing,purification, Ṡiṡ.; preparation, Kathās. (cf. ^okara);arithmetical computation or operation, W.; ^omakathā,f. prayer(?), Divyâv.; ^omâshṭaka,n. the fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction,multiplication, division, finding the square,extracting the square root, finding the cube, extractingthe cube root), Col. ^okarmaya, Nom. P.^oyati, to anoint, decorate, adorn, Git.; to makeready, Divyâv.; ^omita, mfn. arranged, prepared,put in order,Var.; Sarvad.^okarmin, mfn. adorning, decorating, W.; m. an assistant, servant, slave,ṠrS.; Suṡr. ^okṛita, mfn. surrounded, MBh. ^okriyā,f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching, L.; attendingto, care of (comp.; cf. agni-parikriyā); exercise,practice, enjoyment(cf. rājya-parik^o); (in dram.)illusion to future action (=parikara), Daṡar.

pari-sh√kṛi (shfor s inserted, orperhaps original in a √skṛi= √I.kṛi, cf. upa-skṛi andsaṃ-s.kṛi), P. -kṛinoti (3. pl. -kṛiṇvánti,RV. ix, 14, 2; 64, 23; p. -kṛiṇvát, ib. 39, 2; impf.pary-ashkarot or -askarot, Pāṇ. viii, 3, 70; 71), toadorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect, RV.(cf. pari-kṛi and Pāṇ. vi, I, 137 ^osh-kara, m.ornament, decoration, MBh. viii, 1477(according toNilak. = I. ^oshkanda). ^osh-kāra, m. = prec. (ifc. f.ā), MBh. &c.; cooking, dressing, W.; domestic utensils,furniture, SaddhP.; purification, initiation, ib.;self-discipline, Lalit. (one of the ten powers of aBodhi-sattva, Dharmas. Ixxiv); -cīvara, n. a kind of garment, L. ^osh-kṛita (pári), mfn. prepared,adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded oraccompanied by (instr. or comp.), RV. &c. &c.;cooked, dressed, W.; purified, initiated, ib. ^oshkṛiti,f. finishing, polishing, W.; (in rhet.) a partic.figure of speech =pari-kara Cat. ^osh-kṛiyā, f. adorning, decorating, MārkP.;v.l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p^o, q. v.

Parôpakaraṇa, n.--kāra, Cāṇ.; ^oṇī-√kṛi, to make one's self aninstrument of others. Hit.Parôpakāra, m.assisting others, benevolence, charity, Kāv.; ^oraîkarasa,mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others;(ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband, MW.;-dharma-kshānti, f., Dharmas. 107. Parôpakārin,mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable,merciful, Kathās. (^ori-tva, n., Bhartṛ.); m. N. ofa king, Kathās.Parôpakṛita, mfn. helped orbefriended by another, MW. Parôpakṛiti, f.=kāra, ib.

Parṇá, n. a pinion, feather (also of an arrow),wing, RV. &c.; Br.; MBh.; a leaf (regarded as theplumage of a tree), RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ā, but in N.of plants ī; cf. Pāṇ. iv, I, 64); the Pān or betel leaf,L.; m. Butea Frondosa (a large-leaved sacred treewhose wood is used for making sacred vessels, latergenerally called palāṡa), RV.; AV.; Br.; Yājñ. (-tvá,n.,MaitrS.); N. of a teacher,VāyuP. (cf.g. ṡivâdi); (pl.) of a people, VP.; of a place, iv, 3, 145; (i), f. a collect. N. of 4 plants ending with parni, Car.; Pistia Stratiotes, L.; the leaf of Asa Foetida (?), L.[According to Uṇ. iv, 6 fr.√pṛī, but more probablyfr.2√pṛi, orig. spṛi; cf. Lith. sparna;HGerm. varn,Farn;Angl\. Sax fearn; Eng.fern.]

+

-kāra, m. a vender of betel 1^o.

Parva, in comp. for ^ovan.

+

-kāra, mfn. (prob.)=next, MBh. v, 1227 ('making arrows' or 'puttingon a foreign dress,' Nīlak.)

-karin, mfn. one whofor the sake of gain performs on common days such ceremonies as should be performed only on festivals,VP.

pala, m. (scarcely to he connectedwith prec.) straw, L.; =pāla, g.jvalâdi; n. a partic.weight = 4 Karshas = 1/100 Tulā (rarely m.; ifc. f. ā),Mn.; Yājñ.; Susr. &c.; a partic. fluid measure, Nir.xiv, 7; KātyṠr., Sch.; a partic. measure of time (=1/60 Ghaṭi). Gaṇit.; flesh, meat, Yājñ.; Suṡr. [Cf.Lat.palea; fr.parlle, Lith.;pelai]

+

-ṃ-kara, m. ' f^o-maker," gall, bile, L.

Paṡū- √kṛi, to transform into an animal (esp. into a sacrificial victim), Mṛicch.; Kathās.

pāṇí, m. (said to be fr.√paṇ) thehand, RV. &c. &c. (often ifc. = holding in the h^o,e. g. asi-p^o, holding a sword in the h^o, s^o in h^o;pāṇíṃ√grah or ^oṇau√kṛi, to take the h^o of abride, marry;^oniṃ√dāgive theh^oin marriage);

Pādukā, f. a shoe or slipper, MBh.; Kāv. &c.(also ^oka, m. c. and in ^oka-vat, mfn. having shoes,Hcat.); impression of the feet of a god or a holyperson, MWB. 508; (?) N. of Durgā or anotherdeity (cf. comp. below).

-kāra or -kṛit , m. a shoemaker,L.

pāpá (ṠBr. xiv, also pāpa), mf(ī olderthan ā; cf. Pāṇ. iv, I, 30)n. bad, vicious, wicked,evil, wretched, vile, low, RV. &c. &c.; (in astrol.)boding evil, inauspicious, Var.; m. a wicked man,wretch, villain, RV. &c. &c.;

+

-kara andkartṛi,mfn. 'Wrong-doing,' wicked, sinful, W.

-karman,mfn. id.; m. an ill-doer, criminal, sinner, Mn.;MBh. &c; n. a wicked deed,^oṃa-kṛit, mfn. wicked,an ill-doer, R.

-karmin, mfn. 'Wrong-doing,'wicked, a villain or sinner, MārkP.

-kāraka (Kautukas.),

-kārín (ṠBr. &c.),

-krít (AV. &c., superl. -tama,Mn.; Bhag.), mfn. = -karmin.

-kṛita, n. an evildeed, sin, crime, Nal.

-kṛityā, f. an evil deed,sin, crime, AV. &c. &c.

-kṛítvan, m. an evildoer,sinner, villain, AV.

pùṇya, mf(ā)n. (perhaps fr.√2. push, according to Uṇ. v, 15 from √pū; see also √puṇ) auspicious, propitious, fair, pleasant, good, right, virtuous, meritorious, pure, holy, sacred, RV. &c.&c.; m. N. of a poet, Cat.; of another man,Buddh.; m. or n. N. of a lake, MBh.; (ā), f. holybasil, L.; Physalis Flexuosa, L.; N. of a daughterof Kratu and Saṃnati, VP.; n. (ifc. f. ā) the goodor right, virtue, purity, good work, meritorious act,moral or religious merit, MBh.;Kāv. &c.; a religiousceremony (esp. one performed by a wife in order toretain her husband's affections and to obtain a son;also -ka),MBh.; Hariv.; a brick trough for wateringcattle, W.

+

-kartṛi (MBh.), -karman ib.; R.&c.), mfn. acting right, virtuous, pious.

-kṛít,mfn = -kartṛi, ṠBr.; MBh.&c.; m. N. of one of the ViṡveDevāḥ, MBh.

-kṛityā (ṠBr.), -kriyā (Āpast.), f. a good ormeritorious action.

Purȧs, ind. in front, in advance, forward; (as prepos.) before (of place and time), in the presence or before the eyes of (gen., abl., acc. or comp.), RV.&c. &c.; in comparison with (gen.), Vcar.; in or from or towards the east, eastward, VS.; Br. &c.(dakshiṇataḥpuraḥ ,towardsthesouth-east, MBh.);previously, first, first of all, Ratnâv. iii, 7. \Cf.pra, purā, pūrva; Gk. Πáρoς,before.']-karaṇa, n.the act of placing in front '&c.; making perfect (?),W. -karaṇīya (W.), -kartavya (Hit.), mfn. tobe placed in front or honoured or prepared or fittedout or made complete. -kāra, m. placing in front, honouring, preference, distinction, Kāv.; Hit.; accompanying,attending (ifc.'preceded or accompanied by, joined or connected with, including'), MBh.;arranging, putting in array, making complete, W.;attacking, assailing &c., ib. -kārya, mfn. = -kartavya;to be appointed to, to be charged or commissionedwith (loc. or inf.), MBh.;Kāv.√kṛi(P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute), t\o place before or in front,cause to precede, RV. &c. &c.; to make one's leader,place in office, appoint, MBh.; to respect, honour,MBh.; Kāv. &c.; to place above all, prefer, choose,attend to, ib.; to show, display, R.; Rājat.-kṛita,mfn.placedinfront&c.;honoured,esteemed,attended, accompanied by, possessed of, occupied with (comp.),MBh.; Kāv. &c.; attacked, assailed, accused &c., L.;(am), ind. among, amidst,with (comp.), MBh.; -madhyama-krama, mfn. taking or adopting a middlecourse, MW. -kṛitya, ind. having placed in frontor honoured&c.; often = regarding, concerning, onaccount of, about, MBh.; Kāv. &c. -kriyā, f.preceding action, preparatory rite, Cat.; showinghonour, demonstration of respect, Ragh.; -caryā, f.N. of wk.

Purā, ind. (cf.pra, puras, pūrva) before, formerly,of old (with na, ' never '), RV. &c. &c.; ina previous existence, VarYog.; (with pres. = pf.) fromof old, hitherto, up to the present time (also withsma, cf. Pāṇ. iii, 2, 122; with na, 'never yet'),RV. &c. &c.; at first, in the beginning, Bhartṛ.(opp. to paṡcā, paṡcāt, Pāṇ. v, 3, 33, Kāṡ.); soon,shortly (with pres. = fut.), Kālid.; Naish.; (as prep.,mostly in earlier language, with abl., rarely with dat.or gen.) before; securelyfrom; except, beside; (withpres. = fut. [cf. Pāṇ. iii, 3, 4], once with Pot.) ere,before (sometimes with na or naand yāvat [followedby tāvat\, with mā or yadi, MBh.;Kāv. &c.)

+

-kṛita, mfn.done formerly or long ago, MBh.; begun, commenced,W.; n. an action performed long ago; -phala, n.the result of it, Var.

-kṛiti, f. a former mode ofaction, Hariv.

pùrusha, m. (m. c. also pūr^o; prob.fr.√pṛī and connected with puru, pūru; ifc. f. ā,rarely ī; cf. Pāṇ. iv, I, 24) a man, male, humanbeing (pl. people, mankind), RV. &c. &c.; a person,

(pumān purushaḥ, male person, ṠāṅkhGṛ.; Mn.;

+

-kāra, m. human effort (opp. to daiva,fate), Mn.;Yājñ.; manly act, virility, heroism,MBh.; Kāv. &c.; haughtiness, pride, Pat.; N. ofa grammarian, Cat.; -phala, n. the fruit or result of human effort, L.;-mīmān\sā, f. N. of wk. pusta, m. n. (g. ardharcâdi) working in clay, modelling, Kathās.; (also ā, f.) a manuscript,book, Var. (cf. below); Hcat.; mfn. covered,filled, W.

+

-karman, n. plastering, painting, W.

Pustaka, m. or n. a protuberant ornament, boss(see below); mf(ikā)n. a manuscript, book, booklet,Hariv.; Kāv.; Var. &c.

+

-kara, m. an embosser,VarBṛS., Sch.

Pṛíthak, ind. (√pṛith or prath + añc) widely apart, separately, differently, singly, severally, one by one (often repeated), RV. &c. &c.; (as a prep,with gen. or instr.; cf. Pāṇ. ii, 3, 32) apart or separately or differently from, L.; (with abl.) without,Prab.; except, save, Bhaṭṭ.

+

-karaṇa, n.separating, setting apart, ĀpṠr.,' Sch.;Pāṇ., Sch.

-kārya, n. a separate or private affair, Mn. vii, 120.

-√kṛi., to make separate, sunder,KātyṠr.;to keep off, avert, Sāy.

 -kṛita, mfn.separated, sundered, cut off, MārkP.

-kṛiti, f. an individual, BhP.

-kriyā, f. separation, disunion,Mn.;Yājñ.

Peṡalī- √kṛi, to render beautiful, R.

Péṡas, n. shape, form, colour, RV.; an artificial figure, ornament, embroidery, an embroidered garment,ib.; VS.; AitBr.

-karī, f. a bee (conceivedof as a female), Gal.

-kārin, m. a wasp, BhP.

-kārī, f. a female embroiderer, VS.; ṠBr.

-kṛit,m. the hand (as' the artist *), BhP.; a wasp, ib.

pra-√I. kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute,-kṛiṇoti, ^oṇute&c., to make, produce, accomplishperform, achieve, effect, RV. &c.&c.; to makeinto, render (with double acc.), Mn.; MBh&c(with dārān) to take to wife, marry, MBh toappoint, charge with(loc.), PārGṛ.; Mn.;Yājñto enable to, make fit for(inf.), RV.; to remove,destroy, kill, AV.; Hariv.; (only Ā. by Pāṇi332) to violate, pollute (a girl), Mn. viii,' 370;(Ā.) to induce, move, incline, RV.; to make aperson perform anything, PārGṛ.; (with manas orbuddhim) to set the heart upon, make up the mindto (dat. or loc.), resolve, determine, Mn.; MBhR.; to gain, win, conquer, RV.; to lay out, expend,Pāṇ. i, 3, 32; to put forward, mention first, make the subject ofdiscussion, ib.; to serve, honourworship, Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to bemade or prepared, Gaut.

Pra-kara, mf(ī)n. doing much or well, W.; m. aid, friendship, ib.; usage,custom, ib.; respect, ib.; seduction, ib.; (ī), f. a kindof song, Yājñ.; an episodical interlude inserted ina drama to explain what follows, Daṡar. (also ^orikāPratāp.); theatrical dress or disguise, W.

+

-

-^okara-ṇikā and ^okarikā, see above. ^okartavya, mfn.to be prepared, MBh.; to be disclosed or brought tolight, Pañcat.; to be appointed to (loc.), MBh.^okartṛi, mfn. one who causes, MBh.

Pra-kāra, m. sort, kind, nature, class, speciesway, mode, manner, Aprāt.; Kauṡ.; Mn.; MBh.&c.; kena^oreṇa, in what way? how? Pañc^oraiḥ, in one way or another, R.; RāmāyaṇasyaBhāratasyavā^oraḥ, a kind of R. or MBh., Rājat(mostly ifc. mfn.; cf. tri- ' of three kinds,' nānābahu; similitude or = difference, L.; -ka, mfn. =kāra, ifc. (cf. tat-, nish-); -tā, f. speciality,'Bhāshāp.; -vat, mfn. belonging to a species, Pāṇ.v. 3. 69, Sch.

-^okārya, mfn. to be evinced or manifested,Pañc. ^okṛita, mfn. made, done, produced accomplished, prepared, RV. &c. &c.; appointed,charged, KātyṠr.;(ifc.)made orP consisting of(tat-p^o),Pāṇ. V, 4,21; commenced, begun or onewho has c^o or b^o,iii, 4,71; Put forward, mentioned, under discussion or in question, KātyṠr.; Kathās.; Sāh.; (in rhet.)= upa – meya, Kpr.; wished, expected, W.; genuine, real, MW.; m. N. of a man, g.aṡvâdi n. something begunL.; original subject, present case, MW.; -tā (pra-kṛitá-), f. the being begun or in process ofexecution,ṠBr.; -tva, n. the being the subject of discussion,Ṡaṃk.; the being offended, Jātakam.; ^otârtha,mfn. having the original sense; real, true, Kathās.; ^otôkta, mfn. being spoken of as the original subjectof discussion, Sāh. ^okṛiti, f., ^okriyā,f. producing, production, Sarvad.; procedure, way,manner, MBh.; a ceremony, observance, formality, Hariv.; Kathās.; Rājat.; precedence, high position,elevation, privilege, MBh.; Rājat.; Kathās.; the insignia of high rank, Rājat.; characterisation, Nyāyas.: a chapter (esp. the introductory ch^o of a work), Saṃk.; Cat.; (in med.) a prescription,Bhpr.; (in gram.) etymological formation; rules for the f^o and inflection of words, MW.; -kaumudī (and^odī-vṛitti), f., -^oñjana-ṭīkā (^okriyâñj^o), f., -pradīpa,m., -bhūshaṇa, n., -mañjarī, f., -ratna, n., -rūpâvali,f., -^orṇava (^okriyârṇ^o)m., -saṃgraha, m., -sāra, m. N. of gram. wks.

Pra-kṛiti, f. 'making or placing before or at first,' the original or natural form or condition ofanything, original or primary substance (opp. tovi-kṛiti, q.v.), Prāt.; Nir.; Jaim.; MBh.; cause,original source, Mn.; MBh.; Ṡak. &c.; origin, extraction,Mṛicch.; nature, character, constitution,tcmper,disposition, MBh.; Kāv.; Suṡr. &c. (ibc. and ^otyā,ind. by nature, naturally, unalterably, properly, Prāt.;ṠrS.; Mn.&c.); fundamental form, pattern, standard,model, rule (esp. in ritual), ṠrS.; (in the Sāṃkhyaphil.) the original producer of (or rather passivepower of creating) the material world (consisting of3 constituent essences or Guṇas called sattva, rajasand tamas. Nature (distinguished from purusha,Spirit as Māyā is d^o from Brahman in the Vedânta);pl. the 8 producers or primary essences which evolvethe whole visible world (viz. a-vyakta, buddhi ormahat, ahaṃ-kāra, and the 5 tan-mātras or subtleelements; rarely the 5 elements alone), IW. 80 &c.;(in mythol.) a goddess, the personified will of theSupreme in the creation (hence the same with theṠakti or personified energy or wife of a deity, asLakshmī, Durgā&c.; also considered as identicalwith the Supreme Being), W.; IW. 140; RTL.233; (pl.) N. of a class of deities under ManuRaibhya, Hariv.; (in polit.) pl. a king's ministers,the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry, Mn.;MBh. &c.; the subjects of a king, citizens, artisans&c., ib.; the constituent elements or powers of thestate (of which 7 are usually enumerated, viz. king,minister, allies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses,Mn. ix, 294; 295); the various sovereigns to beconsidered in case of war (viz. the madhyama,vijigīshu, udāsīnaand ṡatru; to which shouldbe added 8 remoter princes, viz. the mitra, arimitra,mitra-mitra, arimitra-mitra, pārshṇigrāha,ākrandâ, pārshṇigrāhâsāra, ākrandâsāsa; each of these 12 kings has 5 Prakṛitis in theform of minister, territory, fortresses, treasure andarmy, so that the total number of Prakṛitis may be72), Mn. vii, 155; 157, Kull.; (in gram.) thecrude or elementary form of a word, base, root, an uninflected word, Sāh.; Pāṇ., Sch.; Vop.; N. of 2classes of metres. Col.; (in arithm.) a co-efficient,multiplier, ib.; (in anat.) temperament, the predominance of one of the humours at the time ofgeneration, W.; (with tṛitīyā) the third nature, aeunuch, MBh.; matter, affair, Lalit.; the male orfemale organ of generation, L.; a woman or womankind,L.; a mother, L.; an animal, L.; N. of awoman, Buddh.; N. of wk.

+

-kalyāṇa, mf(ī)n.beautiful by nature, MārkP.

-kṛipaṇa, mfn. naturallyplaintive; n^o feeble (in discriminating), MW.

-guṇa, m. one of the 3 constituent essencesof P^o MW.

-Ja,mfn. springing from nature, inborn, innate, Bhag.

-tarala, mfn. naturally changeful, volatile, fickle, dissolute, W.

-tva, n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything, Kap.;Ṡulbas.

-nishṭhura mfn. naturally hard or cruel, R.

-purusha,m. a minister, servant, Megh.; a standard or model of a man, Sin\hâs.; (du.) nature and spirit, L.

-bhava, mfn. natural,usual, common, Var.

-bhāva, m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything, ĀṡvṠr.;mfn. =-bhava, Var. -bhūta, mfn. being in the original state or condition, original;^otêkāra, m. the originalsound or letter i, MW.

-bhūman, n. pl. Plurality of original form or nature, Nir. vii, 4.

-bhojana,n. usual food, Car.

-maṇḍala,n. the aggregate of the Prakṛitis or of a king'ssubjects, the whole kingdom, Ragh. -mat, mfn.having the original or natural form or shape, natural,usual, common, MBh.; in a natural or usual frame of mind, R.

-maya, mf(ī)n. being in the naturalstate or condition, RāmatUp.

-laya, m. absorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe, Sāṃkhyak.;N.ofa class of Yogins, Yogas.

-vat, ind.as in the original form, Upal.

-vikṛiti, f. mutation of the original form or state, Rājat.; -yāga-kālaviveka,m. N. of wk.; -sva-bhāva, m. the relation of (a word in its) radical form to (itself under the) mutations (of inflection &c.), MW.

-vishama,mfn. naturally rough, Bhartṛ.

-sampanna, mfn. endowed with a noble nature, R.

-siddha, mfn. effected by nature, natural; n.true or real nature, Bhartṛ.

-subhaga, mfn. naturally pleasant or agreeable, Megh.

-stha, mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered,unimpaired, normal, well, healthy, Yājñ.; Kāv.;Var.; Suṡr. (also -sthita, Var.); inherent, innate,incidental to nature, Ragh.; bare, stripped of everything,MW.; -darṡana, mfn. one who has recovered the faculty of sight, Ṡak. (Pi.) iii, 36/37.

-Prakṛitī-jana, m. sgl. the subjects of a king, R.

-Prakṛitîṡa, m. ' lord of subjects,’ a magistrate, Hariv.

prati-√I.kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute,(inf.pratī-kartum, BhP.), to door make an opposition,AitBr.; to return, repay, requite (good orevil [acc.], with gen. dat. or loc. of pers.), MBh.;R. &c.; to counteract, resist (acc. or gen.), ib.; to treat, attend to, cure (a disease), Suṡr.; to repair,mend, restore, Mn.; to pay back (a debt), Gaut.:Caus. Ā. -kārayate, to cause to be repeated, ṠBr.:Desid. -cikīrshati, to wish to take revenge on (acc.or loc.) for (acc.), MBh.; R.

-^okara, mf (ī). Acting against, counteracting (ifc.), Suṡr.; m. requital, compensation,R.; Rājat.

-^okaranīya, mfn. to be counteracted or prevented, remediable, MW. ^okartavya,mfn. to be requited or returned, to be repaid(lit. and fig.), MBh.; Hariv.; Ṡaṃk.; to be counteracted or resisted, R.; Prab.; to be treated or cured,Susr.

-^okartṛi, m. a requiter, recompenser, MBh.;an opponent, adversary, Kull.

-^okarman, n. requital,retaliation, corresponding action, MBh.; R.;counteraction, cure, medical treatment, Car.; decoration,toilet, personal adornment, MBh.; R. &c.;(a), ind. in every work, at each performance or celebration, KātyṠr.; MBh.

-^okāra, m. (cf. pratīk^o)requital, retaliation, reward, retribution, revenge,R.; Kathās.; Rājat.; opposition, counteraction,prevention, remedy, MBh.; Suṡr.; =sama and bhaṭa, L.; -karman, n. opposition, resistance,Rājat.; -jña, mfn. knowing what remedy should be applied, MBh.; -vidhāna, n. medical treatment,Ragh.^okārya, mfn.(cf. pratī-k^o) to be revenged; n. retribution, MBh.i, 6259 (Nīlak., m. 'an enemy'). ^okṛita, mfn.returned, repaid, requited &c., R.; n. recompense,requital, MBh.; resistance, opposition, Ragh.^okṛiti, f. resistance, opposition, prevention, Hariv.;retaliation, return, revenge.W.; an image, likeness,model; counterpart, substitute, MBh.; Kāv. &c.^okriyā, f. requital (of good or evil), retaliation,compensation, retribution, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; opposition,counteraction, prevention, remedy, help, ib.(ifc.=removing,destroying);-tva, n.,MBh.; venting(of anger), Kathās.; embellishment, decoration (ofthe person), MBh.; -ṡūlinī-stotra, n. N. of a Stotra.

Prati-cikīrsh,mfn. (fr.Desid.; nom. ^ocikīrbefore b) wishing to requite (loc.), HPariṡ. ^ocikīrshā,f. wish to requite, desire to be revenged upon (acc. or loc.), MBh.; BhP. ^ocikīrshu, mfn.wishing to return or requite, MBh. (v.l. -jihīrshu).

pratī, in comp. for prati (cf. Pāṇ.vi, 3, 122; Vārtt. 3, Pat.)

+

-kāra, m.-prati-k^o(see underprati- √kṛi), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; an allianceresting on the requital of former services, Kām.

-kārya, mfn. (cf.prati-k^o)one on whom vengeancemight be taken, punishable (a-pr^o),Rājat.

Pratyaya, m. belief, firm conviction, trust, faith,assurance or certainty of (gen., loc. or comp.); proof,ascertainment, Mn.; MBh. &c. (pratyayaṃ√gam,to acquire confidence, repose c^o in, MBh.; astyatra pratyayo mama, that is my conviction, Kathās.; kahpratyayo 'tra, what assurance is there of that?ib.); conception, assumption, notion, idea, KātyṠr.;Nir.; Ṡaṃk. &c.; (with Buddhists and Jainas) fundamental notion or idea (-tva, n.), Sarvad.; consciousness,understanding, intelligence, intellect (in Sāṃkhya= buddhi); analysis, solution, explanation,definition, L.; ground, basis, motive or cause ofanything, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; (in med.) = nimitta,hetu&c., Cat.; (with Buddhists) a co-operatingcause; the concurrent occasion of an event as distinguished from its approximate cause; an ordeal,Kāty.; want, need, Kāraṇd.; fame, notoriety, Pāṇ.viii, 2, 58; a subsequent sound or letter, Prāt.; anaffix or suffix to roots (forming verbs, substantives,adjectives and all derivatives), Prāt.; Pāṇ.; an oath,L.; usage, custom, L.; religious meditation, L.; a dependant or subject, L.; a householder who keeps a sacred fire, L.; -kara (R.), -kāraka (Pañcat.) \-kāraṇa (Ṡak.), mfn. one who awakens confidence,trustworthy; -kārin, mfn. id., L.; (iṇī), f. a seal,signet, L.; -tattva-prakāṡikā, f. N. of wk.; -tva,n. (cf. above) the being a cause, causality, Sarvad.;-dhātu, m. the stem of a nominal verb, Pat.; -prativacana,n. a certain or distinct answer, Ṡak.;-mauktika-mālā, f. N.ofwk.; -lopa, m. (in gram.) elision of an affix; -sarga, m. (in Sāṃkhya) thecreation which proceeds from Buddha; -svara, m.(in gram.) an accent on an affix; ^oayâtma, mfn.causing confidence, R. (v. 1. pratyag-ātma);^oayâdhi,m. a pledge which causes confidence in regard to a debt, L.;^oayânta-ṡabda-kṛid-anta-vyūha, m.N. of wk.

Prabhā, f. light, splendour, radiance, beautiful appearance (ifc. often mfn., with f. ā), Mn.; MBh.&c.; the shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial,Sūryas.; light variously personified (as wife of thesun, or as wife of Kalpa and mother of Prātar,Madhyaṃ-dina and Sāyai. e. morning, midday and evening, or as a form of Durgā in the disc of the sun), Hariv.; Pur.; N. of a Ṡakti, Hcat.; of an Apsaras,MBh.; of a daughter of Svar-bhānu andmother of Nahusha,- Hariv.; of the city of Kubera,L.; of a kind of metre, Col.; of sev. wks.

+

-kara,m. 'light-maker,' the sun (du. sun and moon), MBh.;Kāv.; Kathās.; the moon, L.; fire,L.; a partic.Samādhi, Kāraṇd.; N. of Ṡiva, Ṡivag.; of a class ofdeities under the 8th Manu, MārkP.; of a serpentdemon,MBh.; of a sage of the race of Atri, Hariv.;Pur.; of a son of Jyotish-mat.VP.; of a teacher of the Mīmān\sā philosophy (associated with Kumārilabhaṭṭa),Col.; of sev. other teachers and authors (alsoPrabhākara-guru, -candra, -datta, -deva, -nandana,-mitra), Cat.; -pariccheda, m. N. of wk.;-vardhana, m. N. of a king. Hcar.; -varman,m. N. of a minister, Rājat.; -siddhi, m. N. of a scholar, Buddh.; -svāmin, m. N. of the statue ofthe tutelary deity of Prabhākara-varman, Rājat.;^orâhnika, n. N. of wk.; (ī), f. (with Buddhists) oneof the 10 stages of perfection, Dharmas. 64; n. N.of a Varsha, MBh.

prâ-√kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute &c., to drive away, Kāṭh.

prākṛita, mf(ā or ī)n. (fr.pra-kṛiti)original, natural, artless, normal, ordinary, usual,ṠBr. &c. &c.; low, vulgar, unrefined, Mn.; MBh.&c.; provincial, vernacular, Prākritic, Vcar.; (in Sāṃkhya) belonging to or derived from Prakṛit i Orthe original element; (in astron.) N. of one of the7 divisions of the planetary courses (according toParāṡara comprising the Nakshatras Svāti, Bharaṇī,Rohiṇī and Kṛittikā); m. a low or vulgar man, Mn.(viii, 338);MBh. &c.; (with or scil. laya, pralaya&c.) resolution or reabsorption into Prakṛiti, the dissolution of the universe, Pur.; n. any provincial or vernacular dialect cognate with San\skṛit (esp.the language spoken by women and inferior characters in the plays, but also occurring in otherkinds of literature and usually divided into 4 dialects,viz. Ṡaurasenī, Māhārāshṭrī, Apabhran\ṡa andPaiṡācī),Kāv.; Kathās.; Kāvyâd.&c. -kalpataru, m., -kāmadhenu, f., -koṡa, m., -candrikā, f.,-cchandaḥ-koṡa, m., -cchandaḥ-sūtra, n.,-cchandash-ṭīkā, f.N.ofwks. -Jvara, m. commonfever (occurring from affections of the wind inthe rainy season, of the bile in the autumn, and ofthe phlegm in the spring), W. -tva, n. original ornatural state or condition, KātyṠr.; vulgarity (ofspeech), L. -dīpikā, f., -nāma-liṅgânuṡāsana., -pañcī-karaṇa, n., -pāda, m., -piṅgala,m., -prakāṡa, m. (and -bhāshya, n.), -prakriyāvṛitti,f., -pradīpikā, f., -prabodha, m. N. ofwks. -pralaya, m. the total dissolution of the world, W. -bhāshā-kāvya, n., -bhāshântaravidhāna,n. N. of wks. -bhāshin, mfn. speakingPrākṛit, Mṛicch. -mañjarī, f., -maṇi-dīpikā,f., -manoramā, f. N. of wks. -mānusha,m. a common or ordinary man, W. -mitra, n.a natural friend or ally, a sovereign whose kingdomis separated by that of another from the countrywith which he is allied, W. (cf. prākṛitâri and^otôdāsīṇa). -rahasya, n.,-lakshaṇa, n., -laṅkêṡvara,m., -vyākaraṇa, n. (and ^oṇa-vṛitti,f.) N. of wks. -ṡāsana, n. a manual of the Prākṛitdialects, Gr. -Saṃskāra, m., -saṃjīvanī,f.', -saptati, f., -sarvasva, n., -sāhitya-ratnâkara,m. , -subhāshitâvalī, f., -sūtra, n., -setu,m. N. of wks. Prākṛitâdhyāya, m. and ^otânanda,m. N. of wks. Prākṛitâri, m. a natural enemy, a sovereign of an adjacent country, Mallin.Prākṛitâshtâdhyāyī, f. N. of wk. Prākṛitôdāsīna,m. a natural neutral, a sovereign whose dominions are situated beyond those of the naturalally, W.

Prākṛitika, mf(ī)n. relating to Pra-kṛiti or the original element, material, natural, common, vulgar,Sāṃkhyak.; Pur.; Tattvas.

Prātaḥ, in comp. for prātar. Prātár, ind. (fr.I.pra; prātar, Uṇ.v, 59) in the early morning, at daybreak, at dawn,RV. &c. &c. (prātaḥ prātaḥ, every morning, Daṡ.);next morning, to-morrow, AV. &c. &c.; Morning personified as a son of Pushpârṇa and Prabhā, BhP.[Cf. Gk. πρωt;Germ.fruo,fruh]

-kārya, n. m^o business or ceremony, MBh.

Priyá:

Priyá, mf(ā)n. beloved, dear to (gen., loc., dat. or comp.), liked, favourite, wonted, own, RV. &c. &c. (with abl. 'dearer than,' R.; Kathās.; Pañcat.; priyaṃ√kṛi, Ā. kurute, either ' to gain the affection of, win as a friend,' RV.; or ' to feel affection for, love more and more,' MBh.); dear, expensive, high in price (cf.priya-dhānyaka priyânna-tva); fond of, attached or devoted to (loc.), RV. (id. In comp., either ibc., e.g. priya-devana, 'fond of playing,' or ifc. , e. g. aksha-priya, ' fond of dice,' cf. Pāṇ. ii, 2, 35, Vārtt. 2; ifc. also = pleasant, agreeable, e.g. gamana-priya, 'pleasant to go," vi, 2, 15, Sch.); ṃ. a friend, Gaut.; a lover, husband, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; a son-in-law, Mn. iii, 119 (Kull.) a kind of deer, L.; N. of 3 medicinal plants, L.; (ā), f. a mistress, wife, MBh.: Kāv. &c. [cf. Old Sax. Var,; Angl.Sax.freb, ‘a wife']; the female of an animal, Var.; news, L.; small cardamoms, L.; Arabian jasmine, L.; spirituous liquor, L.; N. of a daughter of Daksha, VP.; of various metres, Col.; n. love, kindness, favour, pleasure, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; (am), ind. agreeably, kindly, in a pleasant way, Kāv.; (eṇa), id.; willingly, Hit. (v.l., also priya-priyeṇa, Pāṇ. viii, I, 13).

kara:

kara, mfn. causing or giving pleasure, R.

karman:

karman, mfn. doing kind actions, kind, Kām.; n. the action of a lover, BhP.

kāra:

kāra, mfn. doing a k^o or a favour to (gen.), MBh.; congenial, suiting, W.

kāraka:

kāraka, mfn. causing pleasure or gladness, agreeable, Mn.

Kāraṇa:

Kāraṇa, n. the cause of any favour; (āt), ind. for the sake of doing a f^o, MBh.; R.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. showing kindness to; ^ori-tva, n. the act of sh^o k^o , kathĀs.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. doing a kindness, MBh.; R.; m. a friend, benefactor, W.; -tama, mfn. doing that which pleases most, MW.

+

ṃ-kara:

ṃ-kara, mf. (ī or ā)n. acting kindly towards, showing kindness to (gen.), VS.; MBh.; Hariv. &c.; causing pleasure, agreeable, Hariv.; exciting or attracting regard, amiable, W.; m. N. of a Dānava, Kathās.; of sev. men, ib.; Kshitîṡ.; (ī), f. Physalis Flexuosa, L.; a white-blooming Kaṇṭakarī, L.; = bṛihaj- jīvantī, L.

ṃ-karaṇa:

ṃ-karaṇa, mf(ī)n. acting kindly to, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 56; exciting or attracting regard, amiable, MW.

ṃ-kāra:

ṃ-kāra, mfn. = priya-kāra (q.v.), MW.

Phaṇá:

Phaṇá, m. scum, froth, TBr. (cf.phena); (also ā. f.) the expanded side of the nose, a nostril, Suṡr.; (also ā, f.) the expanded hood or neck of a serpent (esp. of the Coluber Nāga), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; a stick shaped like a serpent s hood, ṠāṅkhGṛ.; mfn. having the fingers shaped like a serpent's hood, L.

kara:

kara, m. a serpent, snake (esp. the Coluber Nāga), L.

Phaṇā:

Phaṇā, f. of phaṇa, in comp.

kara:

kara, m. = ^o ṇa-kara, L.

phut or phūt:

phut or phūt, ind. an onomat. word (used only with √^okri, and its derivatives; sometimes expressive of contempt).

kara:

kara, m, ‘making a crackling noise,’ fire, L.

kartu-manas:

kartu-manas, mfn. wishing to make a derisory noise, intending to cry aloud, MW.

kāra:

kāra, m. puffing, blowing, hissing, the hiss of a serpent (also phūt-k^o), Kathās.; Kuval.; shrieking, screaming, Bhartṛ.; Kathās.; -randhra, n. the hole to which the mouth is applied in playing a flute, Saṃgīt.; -vat, mfn. hissing, shrieking, L.

kārya:

kārya, mfn. in a-phūt-k^o , requiring no blowing, Kathās.

√kṛi:

√kṛi, P- Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to puff, blow, make a bubbling noise, blow into, Pan̄ cat.; Hit.; to shriek, yell, Kathās.; Pan̄ cat.; to be insolent or defiant, Ratnâv. iv, 12.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. puffed, blown &c.; n. the sound of a wind instrument, L.; a loud scream, shriek, Rājat.

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. the blowing of a wind instrument, Saṃgīt.; blowing, hissing, Naish.; crying aloud, R.

phupphu:

phupphu, ind. an onomat. word. -kāraka, mf (ikā)n. panting, gasping, L.

phet:

phet, ind. an onomat. word. -kāra, m. hawling (of the wind or of animals), BhP.; Prab. Sch. -kārin, mfn. howling yelling (as a jackal), Prab.; ^oriṇī- tantra ^o rīya-tantra, n. N. of wk. -kṛita, n. howling, a howl, Ṡatr.

Badhirī-√kṛi:

Badhirī-√kṛi, P.-karoti, to make deaf, deafen, Prab. -kṛita, mfn. deafened, MBh.; Kathās.

Bandhá:

Bandhá, m. binding, tying, a bond, tie, chain, fetter, RV. &c. &c.; a ligature, bandage, Suṡr.; damming up (a river), MārkP.; capture, arrest, imprisonment, custody, Mn.; MBh. &c.; connection or intercourse with (comp.), Pañcat.; BhP.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. binding, fettering, holding back (also by magic), Kathās.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. a binder, fetterer, restrainer (said of Ṡiva), MBh.

Bándhana:

Bándhana, mf (ī)n. binding, tying, fettering RV. &c. &c.; captivating (with gen. or ifc.; cf bhāva-b^o and Pāṇ. iv, 4, 96, Sch.); holding fast, stopping, MW.; (ifc.) dependent on, ib.; n. the act of binding, tying, fastening, fettering, Mn.; MBh. &c.; (also ī, f., L.) a bond, tie (also fig.), rope cord, tether, ṠBr. &c. &c. (ifc. with f. ā = bound to or fettered by); binding on or round, clasping, Kāv. Pañcat.; binding up, bandaging, a bandage, Suṡr. catching, capturing, confining, detention, custody imprisonment or a prison, Mn.; Kathās.; Pur.;

kārin:

kārin, mfn. (ifc.) fettering, i. e. clasping, embracing (^ori-tā, f.), Daṡ.

Bándhu:

Bándhu, m.connection, relation, association, RV. &c. &c. (ifc. with f.ū = belonging to, coming under the head of, i. e. 'being only in name; ' cf. kshatra-, dvja-b^o&.c.; 'resembling' Bālar. v, 56/57, 'frequented by ib. iii, 20, ' favourable for" ib. iv, 87; cf. Pāṇ. Vi, 1, 14): respect, reference (kena bandhunā, in what respect ? '), ṠBr.; kinship, kindred, Mn. ii, 136; a kinsman (esp. on the mother's side), relative, kindred, RV. &c. &c.

kṛitya:

kṛitya, n. the duty of a kinsman, friendly service, MBh.; Kāv.; Pur.

Bala:

Bala, n. (or m., g. ardharcâdi) power, strength, might, vigour, force, validity, RV. &c. &c. (balāt, 'forcibly, against one's will, without being able to help it;' also =bala ibc., or balena, bala-tas,with gen. or ifc., ' by force, by the power or on the strength or in virtue or by means of, by '); force or power of articulation, TUp.; force considered as a sixth organ of action (cf. karmêndriya), MBh.;

kara:

kara, mfn. inspiring strength, strengthening, R.; Suṡr.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. strengthening, Suṡr.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. done by force or against free consent, Mn. viii, 168 & c.

kṛiti:

kṛiti, f. a mighty deed, Nir.

Balāt:

Balāt, ind. (abl. of bala, q.v.) in comp. –kāra, m. employment of force, violence, oppression, injustice (ibc.; am and eṇa, ind. = forcibly, violently), Kāv.; Kathās.; (in law) the detention of the person of a debtor by his creditor to recover his debt, W.; ^orâbhilāshin, mfn. wishing to use force, intending to violate, Kathās. -kārita, mfn. = next, Cat. -kṛita, mfn. treated violently, forced, overpowered, MBh.; Kāv.; Pur.

Bahú:

Bahú, mf (vī or u)n. much, many, frequent, abundant, numerous, great or considerable in quantity (n. also as subst. with gen.), RV. (rarely in Maṇḍ. i-ix); AV. &c. &c. (tad bahu -yad, ' it is a great matter -that.; tvayā me bahu kṛitam-yad, 'you have done me a great service by -or that-,' Nal.; kim bahunā, 'what occasion is there for much talk?' i.e. 'in short,' Ṡak.; Hit.); abounding or rich in (instr.), ṠBr.; large, great, mighty, AV. &c. &c.; (ú), ind. much, very, abundantly, greatly, in a high degree, frequently, often, mostly, RV. &c. &c. (often ibc., where also = nearly, almost, rather, somewhat; cf. bahu-tṛiṇa, bahu-trivarsha and Pāṇ. v, 3, 68; bahu- √man = to think much of, esteem highly, prize, value); n. the plural number, AitBr.

+

kara:

kara, mf(ī)n. doing much, busy, useful in many ways to (gen.), Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. iii, 2, 21) one who sweeps, asweeper, L. (√kṛi?); m. a camel, L.; a species of jujube, L.; (ā or ī), f. a broom, L.

+

karaṇīya:

karaṇīya, mfn. one who has (or complains of having) much to do, who never has time for anything, L.

+

kāra:

kāra, mfn. doing or effecting much, VS.

+

kāraṇīya:

kāraṇīya, mfn. = -karaṇīya, L.

Bahulī:

Bahulī, in comp for bahula, mf(ā)n. thick, dense, broad, wide, spacious, ample, large, RV. &c. &c.; abundant, numerous, many, much, ib. (am, ind. often, frequently, Nir.; Prāt.; Pāṇ.); accompanied by, attended with, ChUp.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; (in gram.) variously applicable, comprehensive (as a rule);

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. multiplying, magnifying, W.; winnowing (for phalīkaraṇa?), ib.

karishṇu:

karishṇu, mfn. striving or endeavouring to increase, BhP.

kāra:

kāra, m. great zeal or care for, Lalit.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. made much or manifold or wide, extended, increased, augmented, aggrandized, MBh.; Hariv.; Pur.; made much of, much practised or cared for, Prab.; made public, promulgated, Ṡak.; MBh.; Prab.; distracted, MBh.; Hariv.; threshed, winnowed (for phalī - kṛita?), L.

Bíla:

Bíla, n. (also written vila; ifc. f. ā) a cave, hole, pit, opening, aperture, RV. &c. &c.; the hollow (of a dish), bowl (of a spoon or ladle) &c., AV.; VS.; ṠBr.; ṠrS.; m. Calamus Rotang, L.; Indra's horse Uccaiḥ-ṡravas, L.; N. of two kinds of fish, L.

+

kārin:

kārin, m. ‘hole-maker,’ mouse, L.

bīja:

bīja, n.(also written vīja, of doubtful\\ origin; ifc. f. ā) seed (of plants), semen (of men and animals), seed-com, grain, RV. &c. &c.; a runner (of the Indian fig-tree), Vcar.; any germ, element, primary cause or principle, source, origin (ifc. = caused or produced by, sprung from), ChUp.;

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. ‘producer of seed,’ N. of Ṡiva, Ṡivag.

kṛit:

kṛit, n. ‘producing semen,’ an aphrodisiac, L.

kriyā:

kriyā , f. the operation of analysis, algebraic solution, Col.

Bījā:

Bījā, ind. by or with seed, sowing with seed, W. -kara (or ^ojâk^o ?), m. N. of a poet, Cat. -√kṛi, P. -karoti, to sow with seed, sow, Pāṇ. v, 4, 58 (others 'to harrow after sowing'). -kṛita, mfn. (a field) ploughed or harrowed after sowing (cf. prec.), W.

Buddhi:

Buddhi, f. the power of forming and retaining conceptions and general notions, intelligence, reason, intellect, mind, discernment, judgment, Mn.; MBh.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. (ifc) one who form the notion of, supposing, conjecturing Kathās.+

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. acted wisely, MBh.

Bodhá:

Bodhá, mfn. knowing, understanding, AshṭāvS. (cf. g. jvalâdi); m. waking, becoming or being awake, consciousness, AV.; MBh. &c.; the opening of blossom, bloom, Cat.;

kara:

kara, mf(ī)n. one who wakens or rouses or teaches or informs, W.; m. 'awakener,' a minstrel who wakes a prince in the morning with music, L.

Bhaktá:

Bhaktá, mfn. distributed, assigned, allotted, RV. &c. &c.; divided, Sūryas.; (ifc.) forming part of, belonging to, Pāṇ., Sch.; (ifc.) loved, liked, Pāṇ. iv, 2, 54; served, worshipped, W.; dressed, cooked, ib.; engaged in, occupied with, attached or devoted to, loyal, faithful, honouring, worshipping, serving (loc., gen., acc. or comp.), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; m. a worshipper, votary (esp. as N. of a division of the Ṡāktas), 1W. 523, n. i; n. food or a meal, Mn.; MBh. &c.; boiled rice, Uttarar.; any eatable grain boiled with water; a vessel, L.; a share, portion, MW.

kara: 

kara, m. =. kāra, Pat.; artificially prepared incense, L.

kāra:

kāra, m. ‘food-preparer,’ a cook, L.

kṛitya:

kṛitya, n. preparations for a meal, Divyâv. (kṛita-bh^o, one who has made a meal, ib.)

Bhakshá:

Bhakshá, m. drinking or eating, drink or (in later language) food, RV. &c. &c. (often ifc., with f. ā, having anything for food or beverage, eating, drinking, living upon); -kāra, m. 'food-maker,' a cook, baker, L.; -ṃ-kārá, mfn. furnishing food, MaitrS. (cf. Pāṇ. vi, 3, 72, Vārtt. 2, Pat.); -ṃkṛita (^oksháṃ-), mfn. drunk or eaten, enjoyed, TS.; ĀṡvṠr.;

Bhadrá:

Bhadrá, mf(ā)n. blessed, auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, happy, RV. &c. &c.; good, gracious, friendly, kind, ib,; excellent, fair, beautiful, lovely, pleasant, dear, ib.; good i.e. skilful in (loc.), MBh.

kāraka:

kāraka, mfn. causing properity, prosperous, auspicious, Var.

kṛít:

kṛít, mfn. causing prosperity or welfare, RV.; TS.;' (with Jainas) N. of the 24^th Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī, L.

Bhadrā:

Bhadrā, ind. (g. sâkshād-ādi), in comp.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. 'making beautiful,' the act of shaving, L.

√kṛi:

√kṛi, P. -karoti, to shave, Daṡ. (cf. madrā and Pāṇ. v, 4, 67, Pat.)

bhayá:

bhayá, n. (√bhi) fear, alarm, dread, apprehension; fear of (abl., gen. or comp.) or for (comp.), RV. &c. &c. (bhayāt, ind. 'from fear;' bhayaṃ√kṛi with abl. 'to have fear of;' bhayaṃ√dā, 'to cause fear, terrify’); sg. and pl. terror, dismay, danger, peril, distress; danger from (abl. or comp.) or to. (comp.), ib.; the blossom of Trapa Bispinosa, L.; m. sickness, disease, L.;

kara and kartṛi:

kara and kartṛi, mfn. causing f^o , terrible, dangerous, MBh.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. id., m. N. of Vishṇu, A.

ṃ-kara:

ṃ-kara, mf(ī)n. terrible (am, ind.), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; m. a kind of small owl, L.; a kind of falcon, L.; N. of one of the Viṡve Devāḥ, MBh.; of various persons, ib.; Kathās.; Lalit.; (ī), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda, MBh,

ṃkartṛi:

ṃkartṛi, mfn. = bhaya-kartṛi, MBh.

Bhasmā- √kṛi:

Bhasmā- √kṛi, P.Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to reduce to ashes, MW.

Bhasmī:

Bhasmī, in comp. for bhasman.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. reducing to ashes, burning, Dhātup.; calcining, W.

√kṛi:

√kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to make into a^o, reduce to a^o, MBh.; R. &c.

+

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. reduced to a^o , burnt, ib.; calcined, W.

Bhāshya:

Bhāshya, n. speaking, talking, Suṡr.; any work in the common or vernacular speech, VPrāt.; GṛS.; Hariv.; an explanatory work, exposition, explanation, commentary (esp. on technical Sūtras), MBh.; Var. &c.; N. of Patañjali's Comm. on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (cf. mahā-bhāshya); of the 4th ch. of the BhavP.; a sort of house or building, L.

+

kāra:

kāra, m. N. of various commentators (of Patañjali, Ṡaṃkarâcārya, a\ poet &c.),Pāṇ.; Vārtt.; VPrāt., Sch.; Cat.; prapatti, f., -stotra, n. N. of wks.

+

kṛit:

kṛit, m. the writer of any Comm., (esp.)N. of Patañjali, Pāṇ. viii, 1.73, Sch.

Bhās:

Bhās, n. f. (cf. 2. bhā) light or ray of light, lustre, brightness, RV. &c. &c. (bhāsāṃnidhi [Prasaṅg.] and bhāsām pati [Hcat.], m.' receptacle or lord of rays of light,' the sun); an image, reflection, shadow, MW.; glory, splendour, majesty, L.; wish, desire, L.

+

kara:

kara, mfn. (also bhāḥ-kara, Pāṇ. viii, 3, 46, Sch.) 'making light,' shining, glittering, bright, MBh.; Bhartṛ. (v. 1. bhāsura and ^osvara); m. (ifc. f. ā) the sun', TĀr. &c. &c.; N. of Ṡiva, MBh.; fire, L.; a hero, L.; Calotropis Gigantea, L.;

+

karaṇa:

karaṇa, Vop. ii, 44; Pāṇ. viii, 3, 46, Sch.

+

kari:

kari, m. (patr. fr. bhās-kara) N. of the planet Saturn, L.; of the monkey king

Su-grīva, Bālar.; of a Muni, MBh.

Majja:

Majja, in comp for majjan, m. (lit. 'sunk or seated within') the marrow of bones (also applied to the pith of plants), RV. &c. &c. (according to Ṡ\Br. &c. one of the 5 elements or essential ingredients of the body; in the later medical system that element which is produced from the bones and itself produces semen, Suṡr.); scurf, Kull. on Mn. v, 135.

+

kṛit:

kṛit, n. ‘producing marrow,’ a bone, L.

maṇí:

maṇí, m. (i, f. only L.; ī, f. Sin\hâs.; maṇîva = maṇī [du.] iva, Naish.) a jewel, gem, pearl (also fig.), any ornament or amulet, globule, crystal, RV.&c.&c.; a magnet, loadstone, Kap.

+

kārá:

kārá, m. a lapidary, jeweller, VS.; R. (ī, f., Kālac.); the adulterous offspring of Vaiṡya parents whose mother's husband is still alive, L.; N. of various authors, Cat.

Madra:

Madra, m. a country to the north-west of Hindūstan proper, or a king (pl. the people) of this c^o, ṠBr. &c. &c.; N. of a son of Ṡibi (the progenitor of the Madras), Pur.; (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Raudrāṡva, Hariv.; (in music) a personification of the first Mūrchanā in the Gāndhāra-grāma; (ī), f. a princess of Madra, Pāṇ. iv,' I, 177, Sch.; n. joy, happiness (madram tasya or tasmai, 'joy to him !' cf. n. of bhadra), Pāṇ. ii, 3, 73.

+

kāra:

kāra, mfn. causing joy or happiness, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 44; m., v.l. for madra-gāra,VBr.

+

ṃ-kara:

ṃ-kara, mfn. = ^odra-kāra, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 44.

Madrā-√kṛi:

Madrā-√kṛi, P. -karoti, to shear, shave, Pāṇ. v, 4, 67 (cf. Bhadrā- √kṛi).

mádhu:

mádhu, sweet, delicious, pleasant charming, delightful, RV.; TS.; bitter or pungent, L; m. N. of the first month of the year ( = Caitra, March-April), intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor, Kāv.; Var.; Sāh.; sugar, L.; water, L.; pyrites, Bhpr.; the juice or nectar of flowers, any sweet intoxicating drink, wine or spirituous liquor, Kāv.;

kara:

kara, m. 'honey-maker,' a bee, Hariv.; Kāv. &c.; a lover, libertine, L.; Eclipta Prostrata or Asparagus Racemosus, L.; Achyranthes Aspera, W.; the round sweet lime, W.; (ī), f. a female bee, Kāv. Pañcat. (v.l.) &c.; N. of a girl, Hcar.; -gaṇa, m. a swarm of bees, ṠārṅgP.; -maya, mfn. consisting of bees, Kād.; -rājan, m. the king of bees i. e. the queen b^o, PraṡnUp.; -ṡreṇi, f. a line of b^o s, Megh.; -sāha (Cat.) and -sāhi (Inscr.), m. N. of two kings.

karāya:

karāya, Nom. Ā. ^oyate, to represent a bee, Daṡ.

karin:

karin, m. a bee, Pañcat. (v.l.)

kāra:

kāra, m. 'honey-maker,' a bee, BhP.; (ī), f. a female bee, R.; a partic. wind-instrument, Saṃgīt.

kārin:

kārin, m. a bee, W.

kṛít:

kṛít, mfn. making honey or sweetness; m. a bee, AV.; TS.; Br.; ChUp.

Mánas:

Mánas, n. mind (in its widest sense as applied to all the mental powers), intellect, intelligence, understanding, perception, sense, conscience, will, RV. &c. manaḥ √kṛi, to make up one's mind; with gen., to feel inclination for; manasi with √kṛi, to bear or ponder in the mind, meditate on, remember;

kāra:

kāra, m. consciousness (esp. of pleasure or pain), L.; attention of the mind, Lalit.; devotion (see next); -vidhi, m. performance of devotion, Jātakam.

Manāk:

Manāk, ind. (prob. fr. manā + añc, 'perceivably ')a little, slightly, in a small degree (dānam manāg api, a gift however small; kālam manāk, a little time; na m^o, not at all; manāg asmi na pātitaḥ, I was all but thrown down), Kāv.; Kathās. &c.; shortly, immediately, at once, Prasannar.; only, merely, Ratnâv.

kara:

kara, mfn. doing little, lazy, M.W.; n. a kind of Agallochum, L.

Manda:

Manda, mf(ā) n. slow, tardy, moving slowly or softly, loitering, idle, lazy, sluggish in (loc. or comp.), apathetic, phlegmatic, indifferent to (dat.), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; weak, slight, slack (as a bow), dull, faint (as light), low (as a voice), gentle (as rain or wind),

karman: (1)

karman, n. the process for determining the apsis of a planet’s course, Sūryas.

karman(2): mfn. having little ot do inactive, Suṡr.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. acting slowly and foolishly, Kathās.

Mandī:

Mandī, in comp. for manda.

√1. kṛi:

√1. kṛi, P. -karoti, to weaken, diminish, Kāv.; Rājat.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn, slackened, Ṡak.

Mántra:

Mántra, m. (rarely n.; ifc. f. ā) 'instrument of thought,' speech, sacred text or speech, a prayer or song of praise, RV.; AV.; TS.; a Vedic hymn or sacrificial formula, that portion of the Veda which contains the texts called ṛic or yajus or sāman (q.v.)

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. the recital of a sacred text, Pāṇ. i, 3, 25; a Vedic text or verse, Cat.

kāra:

kāra, m. a composer or reciter of s^o t^o, MānGṛ.

kārya:

kārya, n. subject of consultation, MW.

kṛít:

kṛít, m. a composer of hymns, RV.; Br.; one who recites a s^o t^o, BhP.; a counsellor, adviser, Ragh.; an emissary, ambassador, BhP.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. consecrated by Mantras, MW.

Marút:

Marút, m. pl. (prob. the 'flashing or shining ones; ' cf. marīci and Gk. μaρμaíρω) the storm-gods (Indra's companious and sometimes, e.g. Ragh. xii, 101 =devāḥ, the gods or deities in general;

kara:

kara, m. Dolichos catjang, L.

karman or kriyā:

karman n. (cat.) or kriyā, f. (L.) breaking wind, flatulency.

mallīkara:

mallīkara, m. a thief, L.

Mān\sá:

Mān\sá, n.sg. and pl. flesh, meat, RV.&c.&c.(also said of the fleshy part or pulp of fruit, Suṡr.); m. N.

kara:

kara, n. flesh-making, blood, L.

kārin:

kārin, n. =-kara, L.

Māyā:

Māyā, f. art, wisdom, extraordinary or supernatural power (only in the earlier language); illusion unreality, deception, fraud, trick, sorcery, witchcraft magic, RV. &c. &c.; an unreal or illusory image phantom, apparition, ib.

kāra or kṛit:

kāra or kṛit, m. 'illusion-maker,' a conjurer, juggler L.

Mālā:

Mālā, f. a wreath, garland, crown, Gṛ ṠrS.; MBh. &c.; a string of beads, necklace, rosary, Kāv.; Pañcat. (cf. aksha- and ratna-m^o); a row, line, streak, MBh.; Kāv. &c.;

kara:

kara, m. = next, L.

kāra:

kāra, m. a garland-maker, gardener, florist (also as a mixed caste), MBh.; Kāv. &c. (ī, f., VarBṛS.); N. of a son of Viṡva-karman by a Ṡūdra woman or by Ghṛitācī, BrahmavP.

kāriṇī:

kāriṇī, f. a female g ^o -maker or florist, Pañcad.

ūla:

Mūla, n. (or m., g. ardharcâdi; ifc. f. ā or ī; prob. for 3. mūra,) ' firmly fixed,' a root (of any plant or tree; but also fig. the foot or lowest part or bottom of anything), RV. &c. &c. (mūlaṃ√kṛi or bandh, to take or strike root);

+

karman:

karman, n.' root-machination,' employment of roots for magical purposes, Mn. ix, 290 &c. (also ^oma-kriyā,f., MBh.)

kāraṇa:

kāraṇa, n. first or original cause, TPrāt., Comm.; Ṡaṃk.on BṛĀrUp.; Kathās.

kṛít:

kṛít, mfn. preparing r^o s (for magical uses), AV.

Mṛityú:

Mṛityú, m. (very rarely f.) death, dying, RV. &c. &c.; (deaths of different kinds are enumerated,)

kara:

kara, mfn. causing d^o , VarBṛS.

Meda:

Meda, m. fat ( = medas), R.; Kām.; a species of plant (=alambushā), L.; a partic. mixed caste (the son of a Vaideha and a Kārāvara or a Nishāda female, accord, to some ' any person who lives by degrading occupations'), Mn.; MBh. &c.; N. of a serpent-demon, MBh.; (ā), f. a root resembling ginger (said to be one of the 8 principal medicineṡ), Suṡr.; (ī), f., g. gaurâdi.

kṛit:

kṛit, n. ‘fat-producer,’ the flesh, Gal.

Medhā:

Medhā, f. mental vigour or power, intelligence, prudence, wisdom (pl. products of intelligence, thoughts, opinions), RV. &c. &c.; Intelligence personified.

kāra:

kāra, mfn. causing or generating intel^o , RV.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. id.; m a species of culinary plant, L.

Yajñá:

Yajñá, m. worship, devotion, prayer, praise; act of worship or devotion, offering, oblation, sacrifice

karman:

karman, mfn. engaged in a sacrifice, R.; n. sacrificial rite or ceremony, KātyṠr.; Mn. &c.; ^omârha, mfn. worthy of a sacrifice, L.

kāra:

kāra, mfn. occupied in a s^o , MBh.

kṛit:

kṛit, mfn. worshipping, performing a s^o, TS.; BhP.; causing or occasioning s^o s (said of Vishṇu), MBh.; m. N. of a king, BhP. (also -kṛita)

kriyā:

kriyā, f, s^o alact or rite, Kathās.

Yantra:

Yantra, n. any instrument for holding or restraining or fastening, a prop, support, barrier, RV. &C.&C.; a fetter, band, tie, thong, rein, trace, Mn.; MBh.; a surgical instrument (esp. a blunt one, such as tweezers, a vice &c, opp. to ṡastra), Suṡr.; Vāgbh.; any instrument or apparatus, mechanical contrivance, engine, machine, implement, appliance (as a bolt or lock on a door, oars or sails in a boat &c.), MBh.; Kāv. &c. (cf. kūpu-, jala-, taila-y^o; ibc. or ifc. often = mechanical, magical); restraint, force (eṇa, ind. forcibly, violently), MW.; an amulet mystical diagram supposed to possess occult powers, Kathās.; Pañcar. (cf. RTL. 203).

karman:

karman, n the employment or application of instruments, Vāgbh ^oma-kṛit, m. a maker or employer of instruments a machinist, artisan, R.

Yatá:

Yatá, mfn. restrained, held in, held forth kept down or limited, subdued, governed, controlled &c., RV. &c. &c. (cf. comp. below); n. restraint (?), see yataṃ-kará; the spurring or guiding of an elephant by means of the rider’s feet, L.

ṃ-kará:

ṃ-kará, m. (prob) a restrainer, subduer, conqueror, RV. v, 34, 4.

yáṡas:

yáṡas, n. beautiful appearance, beauty, splendour, worth, RV.; AV.; VS.; ṠBr.; GrṠrS.; honour, glory, fame, renown, AV.&c.&c. (also personified as a son of Kāma and Rati, Hariv.; or of Dharma and Kīrti, Pur.); an object of honour, a person of respectability, ṠBr.; favour, graciousness, partiality, RV.; N. of various Samans, ArshBr.; =udaka, water, or anna, food, or dhana, wealth, Naigh.; (yaṡás), mfn. beautiful, splendid, worthy, excellent, RV.; AV.; honoured, respected, venerated, ib.; pleasant, agreeable, estimable, ib.

kara:

kara, mf(ī)n. causing renown; (ifc.) conferring glory on, glorious for, Mn.; MBh.&c.; m. N. of an author, Cat.; of various men, Kathās.; Rājat.; -svāmin, m. N. of a temple founded by Yaṡas-kara, Rājat.

kṛít:

kríit, mfn. conferring dignity or renown, TS.

Yātrā:

Yātrā, f. going, setting off, journey, march, expedition, MBh.; Kāv. &c.

kara:

kara, mfn. supporting life, subsisting, Car.

karaṇa:

karaṇa, n. the setting forth on a journey or march, W.

Yāna:

Yāna, mfn. leading, conducting (said of a road; ' to,' gen. or adv. in ^otrā), RV.; (yānī), f. a path, course, TS.; MaitrS.; Kāṭh.(cf.g.gaurâdi); n.(ifc. f. ā) a journey, travel; going, moving, riding, marching &c -to (loc. or comp.) or upon (instr. or comp.) or against (acc. with prati),Mn.; MBh.&c.; a vehicle of any kind, carriage, waggon, vessel, ship, litter, palanquin, RV. &c. &c.;

kara:

kara, m. ‘carriage maker,’ a wheelwright, carpenter VarBṛS.

Yuktá:

Yuktá, mfn. yoked or joined or fastened or attached or harnessed to (loc. or instr.), RV. &c. &c.; set to work, made use of, employed, occupied with, engaged in, intent upon (instr., loc. or comp.), ib.; ready to, prepared for (dat.), MBh.; absorbed in abstract meditation, concentrated, attentive, RV. &c.

karman:

karman, mfn. invested with any office or function, MW.; serving the purpose, suitable, appropriate (^oma-tā, f.), Bhpr.

kārin:

kārin, (Kām.);

kṛit:

kṛit, (BhP.), mfn. acting properly or suitably.

Yukti:

Yukti, f. union, junction, connection, combination, AitBr.; TāṇḍBr.; preparation, going to, making ready for (loc. or comp.), R.; application, practice, usage, Kathās.; Suṡr.; trick, contrivance, means, expedient, artifice, cunning device, magic, Kāv.; Kathās.; Pañcar.

kara:

kara, mfn. suitable, proper, fit; (or) established, proved, R.

kṛita:

kṛita, mfn. acquired, gained (opp to saha.ja), Car.

Raṅga:

Raṅga, m. colour, paint dye, hue, MBh,; Suṡr,;

kāra:

kāra, (BhP.),

kāraka:

kāraka, (Hariv.), m. ‘colour-maker,’ a painter, colorist.

Rajani:

Rajani, f. (m.c. and ibc.) = rajani, night.

kāra and -kṛit:

kāra and -kṛit, m. ‘night-maker,’ the moon, Kāv.

Rajanī:

Rajanī, f. the coloured or dark one,’ night, AV. &c. &c.

kara:

kara, m. = rajani-k^o, Gft.; BhP.; -nātka, w. r. for Rajanī-cara-n^o.

Ráṇa:

Ráṇa, m. delight, pleasure, gladness, joy, RV.; VS.; AV.; (also n.) battle (as an object of delight), war, combat, fight, conflict, RV.&c. &c.

karman:

karman, n. ‘ war-business,’ battle fighting, R.; MārkP.

kārin:

kārin, mfn. causing b^o or strife, VarBṛS.

kṛít:

kṛít, mfn. causing joy, delighting, RV.; fighting, a fighter, MBh.

rátha:

rátha, m. (√4. ṛi) 'goer,' a chariot, car, esp. a two-wheeled war-chariot (lighter and swifter than the anas, q. v.), any vehicle or equipage or carriage (applied also to the vehicles of the gods), waggon, cart, RV. &c. &c. (ifc. f. ā); a warrior, hero, champion, MBh.; Kathās.; BhP.; the body, L.; a limb, member, part, L.; Calamus Rotang. L.; Dalbergia Ougeinensis, L.; paurusha, L.; (ī), f. a small carriage or waggon, cart, Ṡiṡ.

kara:

kara, m. =-kārá below, L.

kāra:

kāra, m. a ch^o -maker, carriage-builder, wheelwright, carpenter (regarded as the son of a Māhishya by a Karaṇī), AV.; VS.; Br. &c. (cf. IW. 149, n. 2); -kulá, n. the caste of carriage-builders, ṠBr.; -tva, n. the trade or business of a carriage-b^o, Pañcat.

kāraka:

kāraka, m. = -kārá above, L. (accord. to some, ' the son of a Vaidehaka by a Kshatriyā').

Rāja:

Rāja, in comp. for I. rājan. m. (ifc. mostly -rāja, esp. in Tat-purushas; f. -rājan, ^ojā or ^ojñī; cf. Pāṇ. iv, I, 28, Sch.) a king, sovereign, prince, chief.

kartṛi:

kartṛi, m. ‘king. Maker,’ pl. those who place a king on the throne, AitBr.; R.

karman:

karman, n. the business or duty of a k^o. Pat.; royal service, Mn. vii, 125; the Soma ceremony, Kauṡ.; pl. royal or state affairs, Pañcat.

karmin:

karmin, mfn. working for a prince, Pāṇ. I,4,49, Vārtt.2, Pat.

kārya:

kārya, n. a king's duty or business, state affairs, MBh.; R. &c.; royal command, Yājñ., Sch.

kṛít:

kṛít, m. =-kartṛi, Av.; ṠBr.

kṛita:

kṛita, (rāja-), mfn. made or performed by a k^o, AV.; -pratijña, mfn. one who has fulfilled the k^o 's conditions, MW.

kṛitya:

kṛitya, n. a k^o 's duty or business, state affairs, Kathās.; Pañcat.

kṛitvan:

kṛitvan, mfn. (with acc.) = -kartṛi, Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. iii, 2, 95).

+

kriyā:

kriyā, f. the business of a king, royal or state affairs, Pañcat.

rātri:

rātri, or (older) rātrī, f. (prob. 'bestower,' fr. √rā or 'season of rest, fr. √ ram) night, the darkness or stillness of night (often personified),

kara:

kara, m. night maker, the moon, Inscr.

Rujā:

Rujā, f. breaking, fracture, Megh.; pain, sickness, disease, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; Costus Speciosus or Arabicus, L.; an ewe, L.

kara:

kara, mfn. causing pain, sickening, Kāvyâd.; m. sickness, disease, L.; sickness induced by passion or love (said to be one of the Bhāvas, q.v.), MW.; the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola, L.

Laghū:

Laghū, in comp. for laghu. -karaṇa, n. the act of making light, lessening, diminishing, diminution, Sarvad.; thinking little of, contemning, W. -√kṛi, P. -karoti, to make light, reduce in weight, diminish, alleviate, Mālatīm.; Veṇīs.; Ṡiṡ.; to lessen, shorten (days), Naish.; to reduce in importance, slight, humiliate, ib.; to think lightly of, despise, Mṛicch., Sch. -kṛita, mfn. made light, reduced in weight &c. (cf. prec.); ' shortened' and ' reduced in importance or authority,' ṠārṅgP.

Lipi:

Lipi, f. (accord, to L. also lipī) smearing, anointing &c. (see -kara); painting, drawing, L.; writing, letters, alphabet, art or manner of writing, Kāv.; Kathās.; anything written, manuscript, inscription, letter, document, Naish.; Lalit.; outward appearance.

+

kara:

kara, m. an anointer. whitewasher, plasterer, R.; a writer, scribe, MBh.; Vās.; an engraver, MW.

Livi:

Livi, f. = prec., Uṇ. iv, 119, Sch. (accord, to L. also ^ovī). -kara, m. a writer, scribe, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 21. ṃ-kara, m. id., L.

Lepa:

Lepa, m. the act of smearing, daubing, anointing, plastering, Yājñ.; Kāv.; Pur.; anything smeared on, ointment, unguent, plaster, MBh.; Hariv.; Suṡr.&c.; a coating of paint &c.; spot, stain, impurity (lit. and fig.)

kara:

kara, m. a plaster-maker, hricklayer, whitewasher, R.

Lepya:

Lepya, mfn. to be smeared or anointed or stained or defiled, MaitrUp.; moulded, modelled, BhP.; n. plastering, moulding, modelling, L.

kāra:

kāra, (Hcar.).

kṛit:

kṛit, (L.), m. one who makes moulds or models, a bricklayer, plasterer.

lohá, mfn. (prob. fr. a √ruh for a lost √rudh, 'to be red;'cf. rohi, rohiṇa&c.) red,reddish, copper-coloured, ṠrS.; MBh.; made ofcopper, ṠBr. (Sch.); made of iron, Kauṡ.; m. n. redmetal, copper, VS. &c. &c.; (in later language) iron(either crude or wrought) or steel or gold or anymetal; a weapon, L.; a fish-hook, L.; blood, L.; m.the red goat.

+

-kāra, m. a worker in iron, smith,blacksm^o , R.; Hit.; (ī), f. N. of the Tantra goddessAtibalā, Kālac.; ^ora-bhastrā, f. a blacksmith'sbellows,Pañcat.

-Kāraka, m. = -kāra, m.(q.v.), L.

van\ṡá, m. (derivation doubtful) thebamboo cane or any cane (accord, to L. also 'sugarcane"and 'Shorea Robusta'), RV. &c. &c.; theupper timbers or beams of a house, the rafters orlaths fastened to the beams (of a roof; cf.prācīnav^o),AV. &c. &c.; a cross-beams, joist, joint, VarBṛS.;a reed-pipe, flute, fife, Kāv.; Rājat.; the back-bone,spine, VarBṛS.; BhP.; a hollow or tubular bone,BhP. (B.), Sch.; the upper nasal bone, L.; the centralprojecting part of a scimitar or sabre, VarBṛS.; theline of a pedigree or genealogy (from its resemblanceto the succession of joints in a bamboo), lineage,race, family, stock, ṠBr. &c. &c.

-kara, m. makingor founding a family,propagating or perpetuating a race, MBh.; R.; m.an ancestor, ib.; a son, Vikr.; N. of a man, Cat.;(ā), f. N. of a river rising in the Mahêndra mountains,MārkP'.

-karman, n. bamboo-work, manufactureof baskets &c.; ^oma-kṛit, mfn. doing bamboo- orbasket-work, R.

-krit, mfn.van\ṡa-karma-kṛit,R.; m. the founder of a family, BhP. -kṛitya, n.flute-playing, Ragh.

Vakrī, in comp. for vakra. -karaṇa, n. curving,bending, distorting,W.√kṛi P- -karoti, to makecrooked or curved, bend (a bow), Bālar. -kṛita,mfn. made crooked or curved, bent, Gol., Sch.

Vacaná, mfn. speaking, a speaker, eloquent, RV.;(ifc.) mentioning, indicating, expressing, meaning,Pāṇ.; KātyṠr.; Sarvad. (-tā, f., -tva, n.); being pronounced, RPrāt. (-tva, n.); n. (ifc.f. ā) the actof speaking, utterance, Sāṃkhyak.; pronunciation,Pāṇ.; Prāt.; statement, declaration, express mention,AitBr.; ṠrS.; Pāṇ.&c.

+

-kara,mf(ī)n. making a speech, speaking, W.; doing whatone is told, obedient, Pañcat.; m. the author orenunciator of a precept, W.

-kāra and -kārin,mfn. doing what one iscommanded, obeying orders,obedient, MBh.

Vácas, n. speech,voice, word, RV.&c.&c. (^ocasām patiḥ,N.of Bṛihaspati,Laghuj.); singing, song (of birds), Ṛitus.; advice,direction, command, order, MBh.; Kāv. &c. (vacaḥ)√kṛi, with gen.,' to follow the advice of;' vacasā mama, ' on my advice'); an oracular utterance(declarative of some future fate or destiny), VarBṛS.;a sentence, L.; (in gram.) number (see dvi-v^o).

+-kara, mfn.vacana-k^o, L.

Várṇa, m. (or n., g. ardharcâdi, prob. fr. √I.vṛi; ifc. f. ā) a covering, cloak, mantle, L.; a cover,lid, Yājñ. iii, 99; outward appearance, exterior,form, figure, shape, colour, RV. &c. &c.; colour ofthe face, (esp.) good colour or complexion, lustre,beauty, Mn.; MBh. &c.;

-kṛit, mfn. causing orgiving colour, Suṡr.

varshá, mf(ā)n. (fr.√vṛish) raining(ifc., e. g. kāma-v^o, raining according to one's wish),BhP.; m. and (older) n. (ifc. f. ā) rain, raining, a shower

+

-kara,mfn.making or producing rain, L.; m. a cloud, MW.;(ī), f. a cricket (this animalchirping in wet weather),L.

-karman, n. the act of raining, Nir.

-kṛitya, mfn. to be done or completed in ayear, Cat.; n. N. of various wks.; -kaumudī, f.,-taraṃ-ga, m. N. of wks.

Váṡa, m. will, wish, desire, RV. &c. &c. (also pl. váṡānánu or ánuváṡa, 'according to wish orwill,at pleasure'); authority, power,control, dominion(in AV. personified), ib.

+

-kara, mf(ī)n. subjugating, winning, MBh.;Hit.

-kāraka,mfn. leading to subjection, Pañcat.

-kriyā, f. the act of subduing or bewitching (esp.by charms, incantations, drugs, gems), L.; the charms&c. so used, MW.

-ṃ-kara, mfn. (ifc.) subjugating,Pañcar.

-m-kṛita, mfn. brought into subjection,R.

Vaṡī, in comp. for I.vaṡa. -kara, mfn. bringinginto subjection, subjugating, (ifc.) making any one subject to one's will, MBh.; Pañcar.; -prakaraṇa,n., -vārāhī, f. N. of wks. -karaṇa, n. the act ofmaking subject, subjugating, bewitching (by meansof spells &c.), overcoming by charms and incantations&c. (with gen. or ifc.), PārGṛ.; R.: Pañcat.&c. -kāra, m. id., Yogas.; Kathās. &c.- √kṛi,P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to reduce to subjection, subdue,TBr. &c. &c. -kṛita, mfn. brought into subjection,subdued, MBh.; Hariv.; Pur. &c.; bewitched,enchanted, fascinated, W. –kṛiti (MBh.) or –kriyā (Cat.), f. = -karaṇa above.

váshaṭ, ind. (accord, to some fr. √I. vah; cf. 2. vaṭ and vaushaṭ an exclamation uttered by the Hotṛi priest at the end of the sacrificial verse (on hearing which the Adhvaryu priest casts the oblation offered to the deity into the fire; it is joined with a dat., e.g. Pūshṇe vashaṭ; with √kṛi, 'to utter the exclamation vashaṭ ’),RV.; VS.; Br.; ṠrS.; Mn.; MBh.; Pur. –karaṇa, n. the utterance of Vashaṭ, Jaim., Sch. –kartṛí, m. the priest who makes the oblation with V^o, ṠBr.; ṠrS. –kārá, m. the exclamation V^o (also personified as a deity), VS.; AV.; Br. &c.; -“-kriyā, f. an oblation accompanied with the utterance of V^o, ĀṡvṠr.; -nidhana, n. N. of various Sāmans, ĀrshBr.; ^orin, m. = -kartṛi, Lāṭy. -kṛita (váshaṭ), mfn. offered in fire with V^o, RV. –kṛiti (váshaṭ-), f. = -kāra, ib. (ind., i, 14, 8). –kṛitya, n. (ind.) V^o should be uttered, AitBr. –kriyā, f. = -kāra-kriyā, MārkP.

Vahanī-√kṛi, P. -karoti, to turn into a vehicle, Kathās.

Vȧhni, m. any animal that draws or bears along, a draught animal, horse, team, RV.; AV.; VS.; TBr.; any one who conveys or is borne along (applied to a charioteer, or rider, or to various gods, esp. to Agni, Indra, Savitṛi, the Maruts &c.), RV.; AV.; N. of Soma (as ' the flowing or streaming one '), RV. ix, 9, 6 &c.; the conveyer or bearer of oblations to the gods (esp. said of Agni, ' fire,' or of the three sacrificial fires, see Agni), RV.; a partic. fire, Gṛihyas.; fire

-kara, mfn. making fire, igniting, lighting, W.; promoting digestion, stomachic, L.; (ī), f. Grislea Tomentosa, L.

-kārya, mfn. to be performed or achieved through fire, VarYogay.

-kṛit, mfn. causing a fire,VarBṛS.

Vāta, mfn. blown &c.; (vāta), m. wind or the wind-god (pl. also ' the Maruts,' cf. vāyu), RV. &c. &c.; wind, air, Hit.; wind emitted from the body, MBh. iv, 117; wind or air as one of the humours of the body.

+

-kara, mfn. producing wind (in the body), causing flatulence, Bhpr.

-karman, n. breaking wind, VarP.

-kṛit, mfn. = -kara, Bhpr.

Vājī, in comp. for vāja. vāja, m. (fr. √vaj; of. ugra, uj, ojas &c.) strength, vigour, energy, spirit, speed (esp. of a horse; also pl.), RV.; AV.; VS.; ṠāṅkhṠr.

+

-kara, mfn. strengthening, stimulating, producing virility, Suṡr.; n. an aphrodisiac, ib.

-karaṇa, mf(ī)n. = prec. (also n.), ib.; Kām. &c.; N. of wk.; -tantra, n.; ^oṇâdhikāra|, m. N. of wks.

-karya, n. = -kriyā. Cat. -√kṛi, P. -karoti, to strengthen, excite, produce virility, Suṡr.

-kriyā, f. the use or application of aphrodisiacs, Suṡr.

vāda, mfn. (fr. √vad) speaking of or about (see brahma-v^o) causing to sound, playing; m. speech, discourse, talk, utterance, statement, Mn.; MBh. &c.; (ifc.) speaking about, mentioning, MBh.; Hariv.; BhP.; advice, counsel, MBh.; a thesis, proposition, argument, doctrine, Sarvad.; Suṡr.; discussion, controversy, dispute, contest, quarrel, Mn.; MBh. &c.; agreement, Daṡ.; cry, song, note (of a bird), AitBr.; sound, sounding (of a musical Instrument) Pañcat.;

+

-kara, mfn. making a discussion, causing a dispute, W.

-kartṛi, m. a player on a musical instrument, Samgīt.

-kṛit, mfn. = -kara, MW.

vāruṇá, mf(ī)n.(fr. varuṇa) relating or belonging or sacred to or given by Varuṇa, AV. &c. &c. (in MBh. and R. also said of partic. weapons); relating to the sea or to water, marine, oceanic, aquatic, MBh.; Kāv. &c.

+

-karman, n. Varuṇa's work,' any work connected with the supply of water (e. g. the digging of tanks or wells &c.), VahniP.

vi-√,I.kṛi P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to make different, transform, change the shape (or the mind), cause to alter or change (esp. for the worse), deprave, pervert, spoil, impair, RV. &c. &c.; (Pass, and Ā., rarely P.) to become different, be altered, change one's state or opinions, Mn.; MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. i,3,35); to develop, produce (esp. variously), RV.; MBh.; to embellish, decorate (in various manners), MBh.; to distribute, divide, RV.; ṠBr.; to destroy, annihilate, RV.; MBh.; to represent, fill the place of (acc.), KātyṠr., Sch.; (Ā.; cf. above) to move to and fro, wave, shake (hands or feet), R.; Suṡr.; to be or become restless (with netrābhyām, ' to roll the eyes '), Suṡr.; to utter (sounds), Pāṇ. i, 3, 34; to become unfaithful to (loc.), Mn. ix, 15; to act in a hostile or unfriendly way towards (gen. or loc.), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; to contend together, A V.; MBh.; to act in various ways, Bhaṭṭ.; Pass, -kriyate, to be changed &c. (cf. above): Caus. –kārayati, to cause to change or be changed, Hit.

Vi-karaṇa, m. producing a change,' (in gram.) a term for the affix or conjugational characteristic which is placed between the root and terminations, the inserted conjugational affix (according to Pāṇini these affixes are ṡap, ṡapo luk, ṡlu, ṡyan, ṡnu, ṡa, ṡnam, u, ṡnā, yak, and cli [with its substitutes], tāsi, sya, sip, the first nine of which are added in the Pres., Impf., Imperative, and Potential, and before a Kṛit which contains a mute palatal ṡ, in the case of Active verbs; yak is added in the case of the Karman or Bhāva, i.e. Passives or Neuters; cli is added in the Aorist, tāsi in the 1st Future, sya in the 2nd Future and Conditional, and sip before Leṭ.; lug-vikaraṇa, 'having luk for its Vik^o ' [said of rts. of cl. 2] ākhyāta- pada-vikaraṇāḥ, 'words which modify the finite verb,' i.e. make it accented); (ī), f. a partic. Ṡakti, Hcat.; n. change, modification, Nir.; a disturbing influence, Sarvad.

+

-^okartṛí, m. a transformer, ṠBr. &c. &c.; an insulter, offender, R.; MBh. (v.l. nikartṛi).

Vi-kāra, m. change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation, modification, change (esp. for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion, ṠrS.; MBh, &c.; an apparition, spectre, Kathās.; extravagance, ib.; a product, Gaut.; (in Sāṃkhya) a production or derivative from Prakṛiti (there are 7 Vikāras, viz. buddhi, ' intellect,' ahaṃ-kāra, ' the sense of individuality," and the tan-mātras, q.v.; these are also producers, in as much as from them come the 16 Vikāras which are only productions, viz. the 5 mahā bhūtāni, q. v., and the 1 1 organs, viz. the 5 buddhîndriyāṇi or organs of sense, the 5 karmêndriyāṇi or organs of action, and manas, 'the mind'), 1W. 82 &c.; the derivative of a word, Nir.; contortion of the face, grimace, Kathās.; change of sentiment, hostility, defection, MBh.; Rājat.; -tas, ind. from or through change, MW.; -tva, n. the state of change, transformation, Vedântas.; -maya, mf(ī)n. consisting of derivatives (from Prakṛiti), Up.; -vat, mfn. undergoing changes, Kām.; -hetu, m. 'cause of perturbation," temptation, seduction, Kum.

+

-^okārita, mfn. changed, rendered unfavourable or unfriendly, Hit.

-^okarin, mfn. liable to change, changeable, variable, VPrāt.; MBh.; Suṡr.; undergoing a change, changed into (comp.), Bhag.; feeling emotion, falling in love, Mālatīm.; inconstant, disloyal, rebellious (see a-v^o ); altered or changed for the worse, spoiled, corrupted, Suṡr.; producing a change for the worse, corrupting (the mind), Hit.; m. n. the 33rd year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years, VarBṛS.; ^ori-tā, f. (Kām.), ^oritva, n. (Vedântas.) change, alteration.

-^okārya, mfn. to be changed, liable to change, Bhag.; m. N. of Ahaṃ-kāra (the sense of individuality), BhP.

Vi-kurvaṇa, m. (prob. for vi-kurvāṇa) N. of Ṡiva, MBh. xiii, 1244; n. and (ā), f. the ability to assume various shapes, Buddh.

+

-^okurvā, f. id., ib.

-^okurvāṇa, mfn. undergoing a change, modifying one's self, Mn..i, 77 rejoicing, being glad,

-^okurvita, n. the assuming of various shapes, ib.\

Ví-kṛita, mfn. transformed, altered, changed &c.; (esp.) deformed, disfigured, mutilated, maimed, unnatural, strange, extraordinary, Mn.; MBh. &c.; unaccomplished, incomplete, RV. ii, 33, 6; ugly (as a face), MBh.; estranged, rebellious, disloyal, hostile, ib.; decorated, embellished, set with (comp.), ib.; (with vadha, m.) capital punishment with mutilation, Mn. ix, 291; sick, diseased. L.; m. the 24th year in Jupiter's cycle of 60 years, VarBṛS.; N. of a Prajā-pati, R. (v. 1. vi-krīta and vi-krānta); of a demon (the son of Pari-varta), MārkP.; (ā), f. N. of a Yoginī, Hcat.; n. change, alteration, Vop.; disgust, aversion, W.; misshaped offspring, abortion, Mn. ix, 247; untimely silence caused by embarrassment, Sāh (v. l. vi-hṛita); -janana-ṡānti-vidhāna, n. N. of a ch. of the Padma-purana; -tva, n. the state of being changed, transformation, Ṡaṃk.; -dan\shtṛa, m. N. of a Vidyā-dhara, Kathās.; -darṡana, mfn. changed in appearance, MBh.; R.; -buddhi, mfn. changed in mind, estranged, made unfriendly or ill-disposed, MW.; -rakta, mfn. dyed red, red-stained (as a garment) , Bhpr.; -locana. mfn. having troubled eyes, MW.; -vadana, mfn. having a distorted face, ugly-faced,W.; -veshin, mfn. having an unusual dress, BhP.; ^otâkāra, mfn. changed in form or appearance, misshaped, distorted in form, MBh.; ^otâkṛiti, mfn. having a deformed shape or aspect, Mn. xi, 52; ^otáksha, mfn. blind, Pāṇ. vi, 3, 3, Vārtt. 2, Pat.; ^otâṅga, mfn. changed in form, having misshaped limbs, deformed, W.; ^otânana, mfn. = ^ota-vadana above , M Bh.; -mūrdhuja, mfn. having a disturbed face and dishevelled hair, ib.; ^otôdara, m. N. of a Rākshasa, R.

Ví-kṛiti, f. change. alteration, modification, variation, changed condition (of body or mind; acc. with √gam, yā, vraj, or pra-√pad, to undergo a change, be changed), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; sickness, disease, L.; perturbation, agitation, emotion, M Bh.; Kathās. &c.; alienation, hostility, defection, Kām.; Pañcat.; a verse changed in a partic. manner, ṠBr.; KātyṠr.; an apparition, phantom, spectre, Kathās.; any production (ifc. anything made of), MBh.; Suṡr.; (in Sāṃkhya) = 2.vi-kāra; (in gram.) a derivative, Nir.; formation, growth, development, AitBr.; abortion, Suṡr. (v.l. vaikṛita); =ḍimba, L.; = pralāpa, Harav., Sch.; N. of a class of metres, Ping.; m. N. of a son of Jimūta, VP.; -kaumudi, f., -pradīpikā, f. N. of wks.; -mat, mfn. liable to change, Ṡak.; indisposed, ill, Nalôd.; -hautra, u. N. of wk.

Vi-kriyā, f. transformation, change, modification, altered or unnatural condition, Kāv.; Pur.; Suṡr.; change for the worse, deterioration, disfigurement, deformity, R.; ailment, indisposition, affection, R.; Daṡ.; Suṡr.; perturbation, agitation, perplexity, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; hostile feeling, rebellion, defection, alienation, Hariv.; Kāv.; Kathās.; injury, harm, failure, misadventure (acc. with √yā, to suffer injury, undergo failure), ib.; extinction (of a lamp), Kathās.; a strange or unwonted phenomenon, ib.; any product or preparation, Mn.; Yājñ.; MarkP.; contraction, knitting (of the brows; see bhrū-v^o); bristling (of the hair; see roma-v^o); ^oyôpamā, f. a kind of simile (in which the object of comparison is represented as produced from that to which it is compared, e.g. 'thy face, O fair one, seems to be cut out from the disc of the moon'), Kāvyâd. ii, 41.

Vi-ghna, m. a breaker, destroyer, MBh.; (ep. also n.) an obstacle, impediment, hindrance, opposition;, prevention, interruption, anv difficulty or trouble, Kauṡ.; Yājñ.; MBh. &c.;' N. of Gaṇêṡa, Up.; Carissa Carandas, L.; -kara, mfn. causing any obstacle or interruption, opposing, impeding, obstructing, RāmatUp.; VarBṛS.; -kartṛi, mfn. id., MBh.; Pañcar.; -kārin, mfn. id., R.; fearful or terrible to be looked at, L.; -kṛit, mfn. = -kara, RPrāt.; VarBṛS. &c.;

Vidyā, f. knowledge (cf. kāla-jāta-v^o), science, learning, scholarship, philosophy, RV. &c. &c. (according to some there are four Vidyās or sciences,

+

-kara, mfn. causing wisdom, giving knowledge or science, W.

-kara (^oyāk^o), m. ' mine of learning,' a learned man, W.; N. of a teacher, Cat.; (also ^ora-vājapeyin) N. of an author, ib.; -miṡra-maithila,m. N. of an author, ib. -karmán, n. the study of sacred science, Āpast.; (du.) kn^o and action, ṠBr.

vínā or vinā, ind. (prob. a kind of instr. of 3. vi) without, except, short or exclusive of (preceded or followed by an acc., instr., rarely abl.; cf. Pāṇ. ii, 3, 32; exceptionally ifc, e,g, ṡuci-vinā, without honesty, satya-v^o, without faith, Subh.), AV. xx, 136, 13 (not in manuscript), Mn.; MBh. &c. (sometimes vinā is used pleonastically, e. g. na tad asti vinā deva yat te virahitaṃHare, ' there is nothing, O god Hari, that is without thee,' Hariv. 14966).

+

o-kṛita, mfn. ' made without,' deprived or bereft of, separated from, left or relinquished by, lacking, destitute of, free from (instr., abl., or comp.), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; standing alone, solitary, R.

-^okṛitya, ind. setting aside, without (instr.), Subh.

vi-pra- √I.kṛi, P. -karoti, to treat with disrespect, hurt, injure, offend, oppress, MBh.; R. &c.; to appoint, admit (sākskye, as a witness), MBh. v, 1225 (prob. w. r. for adhi-√kṛi): Pass, of Caus. -kāryate, to be slighted or injured or treated disrespectfully, MW. ^oprakartṛi, mfn. injuring, an injurer, offender, ib.

Vi-prakāra, m. treating with disrespect, hurt, injury, wickedness, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; retaliation, W.; various manner, MW. (rather fr. vi-pra- √kṛī). ^oprakārin, mfn. treating with contempt, opposing, retaliating, W.

Vi-prakṛit, mfn. hurting, injuring, offending (with gen.), BhP. ^oprakṛita, mfn. hurt, injured, offended &c.; MBh.; Kāv.&c.; thwarted, frustrated, MBh. ^oprakṛiti, f. change, variation, Yājñ. ii, 9; injury, offence, opposition, retaliation, W.

Vi-bhā, mfn. shining, bright, RV.; ṠāṅkhṠr.; f. light, lustre, splendour, beauty, ṠiṠ.; Sāh.; N. of the city of Soma, VP.; -kara, m. ' light-maker,' the sun, Sāh.; fire, L.; that portion of the moon which is illumined by the sun, Gaṇit.; a king, prince (and ‘the sun’), Sāh (^ora -sarman, m. N. of a poet, cat) (as an arrow), VS.; freed from an arrow – head.

ví -ṡalya, mfn. pointless -karana, mf(ī)n. healing wounds inflicted by arrows; (ī), f. a partic. herb with wonder-working properties, MBh.; R.; Kathās.; -kṛit, mfn. freeing from pain or distress, MW.; m. echites Dichotoma, L.

víṡva, mf (ā)n.(prob. fr. √I -viṡ, to pervade, cf. Uṇ. i, 151; declined as a pron. like sarva, by which it is superseded in the Brāhmaṇas and later language) all, every, every one; whole, entire, universal, RV. &c. &c.; all-pervading or all-containing, omnipresent

+

-kāraka, m. the creator of the universe (said of Ṡiva), Ṡivag.

-kāru, m. the architect of the Universe, Viṡva-karman, Pañcar.

-kārya, m. N. of one of the seven principal rays of the sun, VP. (cf. -karman).

-kṛit, mfn. or m. making or creating all, the creator of all things, AV.; ṠBr. &c.; m. the architect and artificer of the gods, Viṡva-karman, MBh.; R.; MārkP.; N. of a son of Gādhi, Hariv.

-kṛita, mfn. made by Viṡva-karman (?), MBh.

Viṡva-karman, n. (only ibc.) every action. Maitr- Up.; Vās.; (viṡvá-) mfn. accomplishing or creating everything, RV.; AV.; Br.; MBh.; Hariv.; m. 'alldoer, all-creator, all-maker,' N.of the divine creative architect or artist (said to be son of Brahmā, and in the later mythology sometimes identified with Tvashṭṛi, q. v., he is said to have revealed the Sthāpatyaveda, q.v., or fourth Upa-veda, and to preside over all manual labours as well as the sixty-four mechanical arts [whence he is worshipped by Kārus or artisans]; in the Vedic mythology, however, the office of Indian Vulcan is assigned to Tvashṭṛi as a distinct deity, Viṡva-karman being rather identified with Prajā-pati [Brahmā] himself as the creator of all things and architect of the universe; in the hymns RV.x,81; 82 he is represented as the universal Father and Generator, the one all-seeing God, who has on every side eyes, faces, arms, and feet; in Nir. x, 26 and elsewhere in the Brāhmaṇas he is called a son of Bhuvana, and Viṡva-karman Bhauvana is described as the author of the two hymns mentioned above; in the MBh. and Hariv. he is a son of the Vasu Prabhāsa and Yoga-siddhā; in the Purāṇas a son of Vāstu, and the father of Barhishmatī and Saṃjñā; accord, to other authorities he is the husband of Ghṛitācī; moreover, a doubtful legend is told of his having offered up all beings, including himself, in sacrifice; the RĀmâyaṇa represents him as having built the city of Laṅkā for the Rākshasas, and as having generated the ape Nala, who made Rāma's bridge from the continent to the island; the name Viṡva-karman, meaning ' doing all acts," appears to be sometimes applicable as an epithet to any great divinity), RV. &c. &c.; N. of Sūrya or the Sun, Vās.; MārkP.; of one of the seven principal rays of the sun (supposed to supply heat to the planet Mercury),VP.; of the wind, VS. xv, 16 (Mahīdh.); N. of a Muni, L.; (also with ṡāstrin) N. of various authors, Cat.

Viṡvá -karma,mfn. accomplishing everything, all-working, RV. x, 166, 4.

Viṭ in comp. for 3. vish.

Vish, f. (nom. vit) feces, ordure, excrement, impure excretion, dirt, Mn.; Yājñ.; VarBṛS. &c.

+

-kārikā, f. 'ordure maker,' a kind of bird (prob. a variety of Turdus Salica), L.

Vīrá, m. a man, (esp.) a brave or eminent man, hero, chief (sometimes applied to gods, as to Indra, Vishṇu &c.; pl. men, people, mankind, followers, retainers), RV. &c. &c.; a hero

+

-karā, f. ‘hero-forming,' N. of a river, MBh. (B. vīraṃ-k^o).

-kárma, n. 'performing virile acts,' the membrum virile, RV.

-karman, n. manly deed, Nir.

veda, m. (fr. √I. vid, q. v.) knowledge, true or sacred knowledge or lore, knowledge of ritual, RV.; AitBr.; N. of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindū religion.

+

-kartṛi, m. ' author of Veda,' N. of the Sun, MBh.; of Ṡiva, Pañcar.; of Vishṇu, ib.

-kāra, m. the composer of the Veda, Kusum.

-kāraṇa-kāraṇa, n. ' cause of the cause of the V^o ,' N. of Kṛishṇa, Pañcar.

vaikṛita, mf(ī)n. (fr. vi-kṛiti) modified, derivative, secondary (-tva, n., Lāṭy.), RPrāt.; TPrāt., Sch. &c.; undergoing change, subject to modification, Sāṃkhyak.; KapS.; disfigured, deformed, MBh.; not natural, perpetuated by adoption (as a family), Cat.; m. N. of the Ahaṃ-kāra or I-making faculty, MBh.; of a demoncausingapartic. disease, Hariv.; n. (ifc. f. ā) change, modification, alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state, MBh.; R.; Suṡr. &c.; an unnatural phenomenon, portent, Ragh.; VarBṛS.; Rājat.; mental change, agitation, MBh.; R. &c.; aversion, hatred, enmity, hostility, MBh.; Hariv.; Kathās.; Rājat. -rahasya, n. N. of wk. -vat, mfn. morbidly affected by (comp.), Rājat. -vivarta, m. a woeful plight, miserable condition, piteous state, Mālatīm. -sarga, m. a form of creation (opp. to prākṛitas^o), VP. Vaikṛitâpaha, mfn. removing or preventing change, W.

Vaikṛitika, mf(ί)n. subject to change, Sāṃkhyak.; changed, incidental, MW.; (in Sāṃkhya) belonging to a Vikāra i.e. to a production or evolved principle (see vi-kāra, pra-kṛiti), ib.

Vaikṛitya, mfn. changed (in form or mind), W.; n. change, alteration, R.; change for the worse, deterioration, degeneration, Hariv.; ugliness, repulsiveness, Sadukt.; an unnatural phenomenon, portent, MBh.; VarBṛS.; aversion, disgust, W.; hostility, R.; woeful state, miserable plight, A.

vaikriya, mfn. (fr. vi-kriyā) resulting from change, HPariṡ.; subject to change, Ṡatr.; Sūryapr.

vy-ati-√ I.kṛi, only Pass, -kriyate, to be greatly changed or moved, BhP.

(I.)Vy-atikara, mfn.acting reciprocally,reciprocal, W.; m. reciprocity, reciprocal action or relation, ib.; contact, contiguity, union (ifc. = joined with, spreading through or over, pervading), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; (ifc.) taking to, accomplishing, performing, Amar.; Daṡ.; Rājat.; incident, opportunity, Nalac.; reverse, misfortune, calamity, accident, fatality, Hcar.; Pañcat.; Kathās.; destruction, end, BhP. atikṛita, nifn. pervaded, MW.

vy-apâ-kṛita, mfn. (√I. kṛi) free from (comp.), Naish. ^oapâkṛiti, f. driving away, repelling, denial, W.

vy-ā-√I. kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to undo, sever, divide, separate from (instr.), RV.; AV.; VS.; ṠBr.; to expound, explain, declare, MBh.; R, (with Buddhists) to predict (esp. future births) Divyâv.; to prophesy anything (acc.) about any one (.acc. ), Lalit.; Kāraṇḍ.; Pass, -kriyate, to be divided or separated, ṠBr.

vy-ākaraṇa, n. separation, distinction, discrimination, MBh.; explanation, detailed description, ib.; Suṡr.; manifestation, revelation, MBh.; Hariv (with Buddhists) Prediction, prophecy(one of the nine divisions of scriptures, Dharmas. 62), SaddhP. &c.; development, creation, Ṡaṃk.; BhP.; grammatical analysis, grammar, MuṇḍUp.; Pat.; MBh.&c.; grammatical correctness, polished or accurate language Subh; the sound of a bow-string, L.; kauṇḍinya,m. N. of a Brāhman, Buddh.; -kaustubha, m. or n –khaṇḍana, n., -ḍhuṇḍhikā, f, -traya, n.,-dīpa, m. (also –dīpa-vyākaraṇa, n.), -dīpikā, f., -durghatôdghāṭa m. N. of gram. wks.; -prakriyā, f. grammatical formation of a word, etymology, MW.; -mahābhāshya, n. the Mahā-bhāshya of Patañjali –mūla n., -vāda-grantha, m., -saṃgraha, m., -sāra, m. N. of gram. wks.; -siddha, mfn. established by grammar, grammatical, MW.; ^oṇâgama, m. traditional rules of grammar, ib.; ^oṇâtmaka, mfn. having the nature or faculty of discrimination, MBh.; ^oṇôttara m. N. of Ṡiva, RTL. 84, n. I. ^oākaraṇaka, n. a bad grammar, Pat. ^oākartṛi, m. one who develops or creates creator (-tva, n.), Ṡaṃk.; an expounder, Divyâv. ^oākāra, m. change of form, deformity W (cf. 2. vi-kāra); development, detailed description, Kull.; -dīpikā, f. N. of wk.

Vy-ākṛita, mfn. separated, divided, developed, unfolded; analyzed, expounded, explained (see á-vy^o); transformed, disfigured, changed, W. ^oákṛiti f separation, distinction, ṠBr.; detailed description, explanation, Suṡr.

Vy-ākriyā, f. development, creation, Ṡaṃk.

Vraṇa, m. (exceptionally n.) a wound, sore, ulcer, abscess, tumour, cancer, boil, scar, cicatrix, crack, Mn.; MBh. &c.; a flaw, blemish (also in inanimate objects), MBh.; Hariv.; VarBṛS.

+

-kārin, mfn. making or causing a sore, wounding, L. -kṛit, mfn. id., L.; corroding, W.; m. Semecarpus Anacardium, L.

Ṡákti or ṡakti, f. power, ability, strength, might, effort, energy, capability (ṡaktyā or ātma-ṡ^o or sva-ṡ,^o ‘according to ability;' param ṡaktyā, ‘with all one's might;’ vitta-ṡaktyā, ‘according to the capability of one's property;’ ṡaktim a-hāpayitvā,

+

-Kara, mfn. producing strength, Cāṇ.

ṡákṛit, n. (the weak cases are optionally formed fr. a base ṡakán, cf. Pāṇ. vi, I, 3; ṡakṛit, nom. acc. sg. and ibc.; gen. sg. ṡaknás, AV.; instr. ṡakná, VS., or ṡakṛitā, KātyṠr., instr. pl. sákabhis, TS.; acc. pl. ṡakṛitas, VarBṛS.), excrement, ordure, feces, dung (esp. cow-dung), RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Gk. σkώp, σkτús; accord, to some, kóπpos and Lat. cacare.]\

+

-kari, m. ‘dung-making,’ a calf, L. (cf. Pāṇ. iii.. 2, 24). -kāra, mfn. making ordure, W.

ṡám, (2) ind. (g. câdi and svar-ādi) auspiciously, fortunately, happily, well (frequently used in the Veda, rarely in later language; often to be translated by a subst., esp. in the frequent phrase ṡáṃyóḥ or ṡáṃca yóṡ ca, ‘happiness and welfare,’ sometimes joined with the verbs bhū, as, kṛi, dā, vah, yā, sometimes occurring without any verb; with dat. or gen. [cf. Pāṇ. ii, 3, 73, Sch.];

+

-kṛit (ṡáṃ-), mfn. causing prosperity, beneficent, TĀr.

Ṡaṃkará, mf(ī)n. causing prosperity, auspicious, beneficent, Nir.; MBh.; BhP.; m. N. of Rudra or Ṡiva, VS.; ĀṡvGṛ.; MBh. &c.; of a son of Kaṡyapa and Danu, VP.; of Skanda, AVPariṡ.;

ṡaṅkhá, m. n. (ifc. f. ā) a shell, (esp.) the conch-shell (used for making libations of water or as an ornament for the arms or for the temples of an elephant; a conch-shell perforated at one end is also used as a wind instrument or horn;

+

-kāra or -kāraka., m. a worker in shells, shell-cutter (described as a kind of mixed caste, accord. to some ‘the adulterous offspring of Vaiṡya-parents whose mother is a widow;’ cf. Ṡaṅkhika\ Col.

Ṡabda, m. (in DhyānabUp. also n.; ifc. f. ā perhaps connected with √3. ṡaP cf also 2. ṡap sound, noise, voice, tone, note (ṡabdaṃ√kṛi, to utter a sound, raise the voice, cry aloud; sound is supposed to be sevenfold [MBh. xii, 6858] or eight fold [Dharmas. 35] or tenfold [MBh, xiv, 1418]; in the Mimānsā it is taught to be eternal); a word (ṡabdena, by word, explicitly, expressly), ib.; Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. ii, 3, 19;

+

-karmaka, mfn. (a root) meaning ‘to sound,’ Kāṡ. on Pāṇ. i, 4, 52. I.-karman, n. ‘sound-making,’ sound, noise, Āpast. 2.-karman, mfn. =karmaka, Pāṇ. 1,4, 52. -kāra (Pāṇ.), -kārin (Nir.), mfn. making a noise or s^o, sounding, sonorous. -kriya, mfn. = -karmaka, Pāṇ. i, 4, 52, Vārtt. I.

Ṡamba- √kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute (Pāṇ. v, 4, 58), to plough twice or in both directions, Bhām. -kṛita, mfn. twice ploughed, L.

ss

ṡará, m. (fr. √ṡrī, ‘torend’ or ‘destroy’) a sort of reed or grass, Saccharum Sara (used for arrows), RV. &c, &c.; an arrow, shaft, MuṇḍUp.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; N. of the number ‘five’ (from the 5 arrows of the god of love), VarBṛS.; (in astron.) the versed sine of an arc (accord, to Aryabh. also ‘the whole diameter with subtraction of the versed sine’);

+

-kāra, m. a maker of arrows, Sāh.

ṡárīra, n. (once in R. m.; ifc. f. ā; either fr. √ṡri and orig. = ‘support or supporter,’ cf. 2. ṡaraṇa and Mn. i, 7; or accord, to others, fr. √ṡṛī, and orig. = ‘that which is easily destroyed or dissolved’) the body, bodily frame, solid parts of the body (pl. the bones), RV. &c. &c.; any solid body (opp. to udaka &c.), MBh.; VarBṛS.; Pañcat.; one's body i. e. one's own person, Mn. xi, 229; bodily strength, MW.; a dead body, ib.

+

- kartṛi, m. ‘body-maker,’ a father, MBh. -kṛit, m. = -kartṛi, MBh.

Ṡánti, f. tranquillity, peace, quiet, peace or calmness of mind, absence of passion, averting of pain (ṡānti! ṡānti! ṡānti! may the three kinds of pain be averted 1), indifference to objects of pleasure or pain, KaṭhUp.; MBh. &c.;

+

-kara, mfn. causing peace or prosperity, VarBṛS.; m. N. of a man, Kathās. -karaṇa, n. the averting of evil, KātyṠr. -kartṛi, mfn. causing tranquillity, calming, allaying, MW.; m. any divinity who averts evil or suffering, ib. -karman, n. any action for averting evil, ĀṡvGṛ.; N. of wk. -kārin, mfn. soothing, pacifying, A. -kṛit, mfn. removing evil or causing alleviation by reciting texts &c., MBh.

Ṡāstrá, n. an order, command, precept, rule, RV.; Kāv.; Pur.; teaching, instruction, direction, advice, good counsel, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; any instrument of teaching, any manual or compendium of rules, any book or treatise, (esp.) any religious or scientific treatise, any sacred book or composition of divine authority (applicable even to the Veda, and said to be of fourteen or even eighteen kinds.

+

-kāra, m. the author of a Ṡāstra, VarBṛS. -kṛit, m. id., BhP.; Vedântas.; a writer or author (in general), W.: a Ṛishi (as the author of sacred works), ib.

Ṡikshā, f. desire of being able to effect anything, wish to accomplish, Kir. xv, 37; learning, study, knowledge, art, skill in (loc. or comp.; ṡikshayā or ^okshābhis, 'skilfully, artistically, correctly'), MBh.; Kāv. &c.; teaching,

+

-kara, m. ‘instruction-causing,’ a teacher,W.; N. of Vyāsa, L.; -gupta, m. (prob.) N. of a Sch. on the Hariprabodha, Cat. -kāra, m. a singer capable of teaching others, Saṃgīt.; the author of a Ṡikshā, TPrāt., Sch.

ṡilpa, n. (of doubtful derivation) the art of variegating, variegated or diversified appearance, decoration, ornament, artistic work, VS.; Br.; Hariv.; Kathās.; BhP.; any manual art or craft, any handicraft or mechanical or fine art (64 such arts or crafts, sometimes called bāhya-kalā, ‘external or practical arts,’

+

-kara, m., ^orī, f. = -kāra, ^orī, MW. -karman, n. manual labour, handicraft, W. -kāra or ^oraka, m. an artisan , mechanic, L.; (^orī or ^orikā), f. a female artisan, Kālid. -karin, m. (MārkP.), ^oriṇī, f. ( Bhar. )= prec.

ṡivá, mf (á) n. (according to Uṇ. i, 153, fr.√ 1. ṡī, ‘in whom all things lie;’ perhaps connected with √ṡvi, cf. ṡavas, ṡiṡvi) auspicious, propitious, gracious, favourable, benign, kind, benevolent, friendly, dear (ám, ind. kindly, tenderly), RV. &c. &c.; happy, fortunate, BhP.; m. happiness, welfare (cf. n.), R.v, 56, 36; liberation, final emancipation, L.;

+

-kara, mf (ī) n. causing happiness or prosperity, auspicious, propitious, W.; m, (with Jainas) N. of one of the 24 Arhats of the past Utsarpiṇī, L.

ṡīghra, mf (ā) n. (of doubtful derivation) quick, speedy, swift, rapid (ám and eṇa, ind. quickly, rapidly, fast), VS.; MBh.; Kāv. &c.; m. N. of a son of Agni-varṇa, Hariv.; Pur.; N. of Vāyu, the wind, L.; (ā), f. Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium, L.; N. of a river, MBh.;

+

-karman, n. the calculation of the conjunction of a planet, Sūryas. -kārin, mfn. acting or operating speedily, Hariv.; Kathās.; acute (as a disease), Car. (applied to a kind of fever, Bhpr.); ^ori-tva, n. acuteness, Car. -kṛit, mfn. acting speedily, MBh. –kṛitya, mfn. to be done quickly, Pañcat.

ṡīt, onomat. (also written sīt) a sound made by drawing in the breath (to express any sudden thrill of pleasure or pain, and esp. pleasurable sensations during sexual enjoyment). –kāra, m. (also written sīt-kāra) the sound ṡīt (supposed to indicate pleasure, pain, or applause; also applied to the noise of spirting water &c.), Kāv.; Kathās. -kārin, mfn. uttering the sound ṡīt, Amar. √kṛi, P. -karoti, to utter the sound ṡīt, Git. -kṛita, n. or -kṛiti, f. the utterance of the sound ṡīt, Kāv. -kṛitin, mfn. = -kārin, Nalod.

Ṡuklá, mf(ā)n. (later form of ṡukra, for which it is sometimes w.r.) bright, light (wi\h paksha = ṡukla-p^o, q.v.), KātyṠr.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; white, whitish, AitBr. &c. &c.; pure, spotless, unsullied, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; m. the bright half of a lunar month or any day in it. Gṛ ṠrS.; Mn.; MBh. &c.; the month Vaiṡākha, BhP. (Sch.);

+

-karman, mfn. pure in action or conduct, L.

Ṡuddhá, mfn. cleansed, cleared, clean, pure, clear, free from (with instr.), bright, white, RV. &c. &c.; cleared, acquitted, free from error, faultless, blameless, right, correct, accurate, exact, according to rule, Kāv.; VarBṛS.; Suṡr.; upright.

+

-karman, mfn. pure in practice, honest, kum.

 Ṡubha, mf (ā) n. splendid, bright, beautiful, handsome (often f. voc. ṡubhe, ‘fair one)’ in addressing a beautiful woman), Mn.; MBh.; Kāv. &c.; pleasant, agreeable, suitable, fit, capable, useful, good (applied to persons and things), ib.; auspicious, fortunate, prosperous, ib.; good (in moral sense), righteous, virtuous, honest, ṠvetUp.; Mn. &c.; pure (as an action), Yājñ., Sch.; eminent, distinguished, W.; learned, versed in the Vedas, ib.; m. water, L.;

+

-kara, mfn. causing welfare, auspicious, fortunate, VarBṛS.; (ī), f. Prosopis Spicigera, L. -karman, n. a good or virtuous act, ausp^o action, Rājat. (^omanirṇaya, m. N. of wk.); mfn. acting nobly, MBh.; m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants, ib. -ṃ-kara, mfn. =ṡubha-k^o, L.; m. N. of an Asura, Kathās,; of a poet and various other writers, Cat.; (ī), f. N. of PārvatI, L.

 Ṡūlā-√kṛi, P. –karoti (Pāṇ. v, 4, 65), to roast on a spit, ṠBr.

 Ṡūlā-kṛita, mfn. roasted on a spit, Daṡ.

ṡobha, mfn. (fr. √ṡubh) bright, brilliant, handsome, W.; m. N. of a man, Rājat.; (pl.) of a class of gods, L.; of a class of heretics, L.; luster (in comp. for ṡobhā, q. v.)

+

-kṛit, m. causing lustre, beautifying, W.; the 36^th (or 37th) year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years (cf. ṡubha-kṛit), VarBṛS.; w. r. for ṡotha-kṛit, L.

 Ṡobhā, f. (ifc. f. ā) splendour, brilliance, luster beauty, grace, loveliness (kā ṡobhā with loc., ‘what beauty is there [in that],’ i. e. ‘it has no beauty; ṡobhȧṃna √kṛi, ‘to look bad or ugly;’ ifc. often =’splendid, ‘excellent, 'e. g. ṡaurya-ṡobhā ‘splendid heroism;’ karma-ṡobhā, ‘a masterpiece’), TS. &c &c.; distinguished merit, W.; colour, hue, VarBṛS. Mudr.; wish, desire, L.; a kind of metre, Col.; turmeric, L.; the yellow pigment Go-rocanā, L.

+

–kara mfn. causing lustre, beautifying, MBh.; -bhaṭṭa and -mitra, m. N. of two authors,Cat.

ṡmáṡru, n. (of unknown derivation, but cf. ṡman)\; the beard, (esp.) moustache, the hairs of the beard (pl.), RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Lith. smakrá; accord, to some also Lat. maxilla.]

+

-kara, m. ‘beard-maker,’ ‘b^o-cutter,’ a barber, VarBṛS. -karman, n. ‘b^o-cutting,’ shaving, MārkP.

 ṡrī, f. (prob. to be connected with √I. ṡri and also with √I. ṡrī in the sense of’ diffusing light or radiance;' nom. ṡrīs, accord, to some also ṡrī) light, lustre, radiance, splendour, glory, beauty, grace, loveliness (ṡriyé and ṡriyai, ‘for splendour or beauty,’ ‘beauteously,’ gloriously,’ cf. ṡriyáse; du. ṡriyau, ‘beauty and prosperity:’ ṡriya ātmajāḥ,, ‘sons of beauty,’ i. e. horses [cf. ṡrī-putra]; ṡriyaḥ putrāḥ,' goats with auspicious marks’), RV. &c. &c.;

+

-kara, mf (ā or ī) n. causing prosperity, giving good fortune, Hcat.; m. N. of Vishṇu, L.; (also with miṡra, bhaṭṭa, ācārya) of various authors &c., Cat.; n. the red lotus, L. -káraṇa, mfn. causingglory or distinction, MaitrS.; ‘making the word Ṡrī,’ a pen, L.; N. of the capital of the Northern Kosalas (and residence of king Prasena- jit; it was in ruins when visited by Fa-Hian, not far from the modern Fyzabad), Buddh.; ^oṇâdi, m. a chief secretary, Inscr.; ^oṇâdhyaksha, m. a kind of official (prob. = prec.), Campak. -kāra, m. the word Ṡrī (written at the top of a book or letter &c.), MW. -kārin, m. ‘causing increase,’ a kind of antelope (=kuraṅga; the flesh of it is considered highly nutritious; some make the word ṡri-kārī, f.), L.

 saṃ-s-√l. kṛi (cf. saṃ-kṛi; upa-s-kṛi and pari-sh-kṛi), P. Ā. -skaroti, -skurute (impf. sam-askurvata, TS.; pf. saṃ-caskāra, Nir.; aor. sam-askṛita; Prec. saṃ-skriyāt, saṃ-skṛishīshṭa; fut. saṃ-skarishyati, MBh.; inf. saṃ-ska-ritum, Divyâv.; ind. p. saṃ-skṛitya, ṠBr.; Pāṇ. vi, I. 1 37), to Put together, form well, join together, compose, RV. &c. &c.; (Ā.) to accumulate (pāpā-ni, ‘to add evil to evil’), Mṛicch. ix, 4; to prepare, make ready, dress, cook (food), MBh.; R. &c.; to form or arrange according to sacred precept, consecrate, hallow (in various ways; cf. saṃ-skāra), Mn.; MBh. &c.; to adorn, embellish, refine, elaborate, make perfect, (esp.) form language according to strict rules (cf. saṃ-skṛita), Sarvad.; to correct (astronomically), Sūryas.: Pass, saṃ-skriyate, to be put together or arranged or prepared or consecrated or refined, Mn.; MBh. &c.: Caus. saṃskārayati, to cause to (be) put together &c.; to cause to be consecrated, MBh.: Desid. saṃ-cishkīrshati, Vop.: Intens. saṃ-ceskkriyate, ib.

 Saṃ-skaraṇa, n. the act of putting together, preparing, Gobh.; cremating (a corpse), MBh. ^oskartavya, mfn. to be arranged or prepared or made ready, Hariv.; Ṡaṃk.; KātyṠr., Sch. ^oskartṛi, mfn. one who prepares or dresses or cooks (food), Mn. v, 51; one who consecrates or performs a rite, Uttarar.; one who produces an impression, Jaim., Sch.

 Saṃ-skāra, m. (ifc. f. ā) putting together, forming well , making perfect, accomplishment, embellishment, adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready, preparation, dressing (of food), refining (of metals), polishing (of gems), rearing (of animals or plants), GṛṠrS.; MBh.; Kāv., &c.; cleansing the body, toilet, attire, Hariv.; forming the mind, training, education, R.; Ragh.; correction (also in an astronomical sense, Sūryas.), correct formation or use of a word, Nir.; Sarvad.; correctness, purity (esp. of pronunciation or expression), MBh.; R. &c.; making sacred, hallowing, consecration, Mn.; MBh. &c.; a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in the womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in Mn. ii, 27, viz. I. garbhâdhāna, 2. puṃ-savana, 3. sīmantônnayana, 4. jāta-karman, 5. nāmakarman, 6. nishkramaṇa, 7. anna-prâṡana, 8. cūḍā-karman, 9. upanayana, 10. kesânta, 11. samāvartana, \12. vivāha, qq. vv.; accord. to Gaut. viii, 8 &c. there are 40 Saṃskāras), GṛS.; Mn.; MBh. &c. (IW. 188; 192 &c.; RTL. 353); the ceremonv performed on a dead body (i.e. cremation), R.; any purificatory ceremony, W.; the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection, impression on the mind of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the Vaiṡeshikas including bhāvanā, ‘the faculty of reproductive imagination'), Kaṇ.; Sarvad. (IW, 69); (pl., with Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world, regarded by it as real, though actually non-existent, and forming the second link in the twelvefold chain of causation or the fourth of the 5 Skandhas), Dharmas. 22; 42; a polishing stone, MW.

Saṃ-skāraka, mfn. preparing, making ready, KātyṠr., Sch.; purifying, consecrating (-tva, n.), MBh.; Jaim.; producing or leaving an impression on the mind, Jaim., Sch.; serving as an article of food or for cooking, MW. ^oskārya, mfn. to be prepared or perfected &c.; to be consecrated or hallowed with the necessary ceremonies, Mn.; MBh. &c.; (in astron.) to be corrected, Gol.; receiving a mental impression, Sarvad.

 Saṃ-skṛitá (or sáṃ-skṛita), mfn. put together, constructed, well or completely formed, perfected, Lalit.; made ready, prepared, completed, finished, RV. &c. &c.; dressed, cooked (as food), MBh.; R.; BhP.; purified, consecrated, sanctified, hallowed, initiated, ṠBr. &c. &c.; refined, adorned, ornamented, polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to highly wrought speech, such as the Sanskṛit language as opp. to the vernaculars), Mn.; MBh, &c.; m. a man of one of the three classes who has been sanctified by the purificatory rites, W.; a learned man, MW.; a word formed according to accurate rules, a regular derivation, ib.; (ám), n. making ready, preparation or a prepared place, sacrifice, RV.; TS.; ṠBr.; GṛṠrS.; a sacred usage or custom, MW.; the Sanskṛit language (cf. above), Ṡiksh.; Bhar.; Daṡar. &c.; -tva, n. the being prepared or made ready &c., Jaim.; -mañjari, f. N. of wk.; -maya, m(ī)n. consisting of Sanskṛit, Kāṡikh.; -māiā, f., -ratna-mālā, f., -vākya-ratnâvali, f. N. of wks.; -vat, mfn. one who has perfected or elaborated or finished, M W.; ^otâtman, m. one who has received the purificatory rites, Mn. x, IIo; a sage, W.; ^otôkti, f. refined or polished language, a Sanskṛit word or expression, Hit.

 Saṃ-skṛiti, f. making ready, preparation, perfection, VS. &c. &c.; formation, AitBr.; hallowing, consecration, BhP.; determination, effort, L.; m. N. of Kṛishṇa, MBh. (B. saṃ-skṛita); of a king, VP. (v.l. saṃ-kṛiti).

 Saṃ-skṛitrima, mfn. highly polished, artificially adorned (in a-saṃskṛ^o], Bhaṭṭ.

 Saṃ-skriyā, f. making ready, preparation, Sarvad.; formation, Ṡaṃk.; any purificatory rite or consecration (including funeral ceremonies and burning of the dead &c.), L.

Sa

+

-kartṛika, mfn. having an agent (-tā, f., -tva, n.), Kusum.; Sarvad. -karmaka, mfn. effective, having consequences, BhP.; (ingram.) ‘having an object,’ transitive, Pāṇ. i, 3, 53. -karman, mfn.

(in gram.) = prec. (^oma-tā, f.), Kull. on Mn. ix, 37; performing any act or rite, W.; following similar business, ib.

 saṃ-√I. kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute (3. pl. pr. saṃ-kurvate, Mricch.; impf. sam-akṛiṇvan, RV.; pf. saṃ-cakruḥ, ib.; aor. sam-akran, ib.), to put together, compose, arrange, prepare &c. ( = saṃ-skṛi, q.v.): Pass, -kriyate (aor. sam-akāri), RV.: Caus. –kārayati. to cause to arrange or prepare, celebrate (a wedding), MBh.; to make, render (two acc.), ib.

Sáṃ-kṛiti, mfn. putting together, arranging, preparing, making ready. TS.; TBr.; m. N. of various men (pl. ‘the family of S^o;’ cf. g. gargâdi), ṠrS.; MBh. &c.; f. a kind of metre (consisting of 4 Pādas of 24 syllables each), RPrāt.; Col.; n. N. of a Sāman, ĀrshBr.

Saṃketī-\√kṛi, P. -karoti, to appoint (as a place of meeting). -kṛita, mfn. assigned or appointed (as a place of meeting), Git.

Sajjī, in comp. for sajja.

+

Sajja, mf (ā) n. fixed, prepared, equipped, ready for (dat., loc., inf., or comp.),.MBh.; Kāv. &c.; fit for everything (said of hands and feet), Pañcad.; dressed in armour, armed, fortified, L.; having a bowstring, strung, placed on a bow-string (in these senses often a mere v.I. for sa-jya, q.v.), MBh.; R.; (ā), f. equipment, armour, mail, L.; dress, decoration, L. -karman, n. the act of making ready or equipping, preparation &c.; stringing a bow,MBh. i, 7034 (cf. sajya-karman). -tā, f. the being equipped or prepared, readiness, Daṡ. -karaṇa, n. the act of equipping, arraying, arming, preparing, W. √kṛi, P. -karoti, to equip, prepare, arm, make ready, MBh.; Kāv. &c.; to string (a bow), Kathās.; BhP.; Hit. -kṛita, mfn. arrayed, armed, equipped, prepared, ib.

sát, mf(satī)n. (pr. p. of √I. as) being, existing, occurring,, happening, being present (sato me,’when I was present;’ often connected with other participles or with an adverb, e. g. nāmni kṛite sati, ‘when the name has been given’ tathā sati, ‘if it be so;’ also ibc., where sometimes = ‘possessed of,’ cf. sat-kalpavṛiksha), RV. &c. &c.; abiding in (loc.), MBh.; belonging to (gen.), ṠBr.; living, MuṇḍUp.; lasting, enduring, Kāv.; RV. &c. &c.; real, actual, as any one or anything ought to be, true, good, right (tan na sat, ‘that is not right’), beautiful, wise, venerable, honest (often in comp., see below), RV. &c. &c.; m. a being, (pl.) beings, creatures, RV. &c.; a good or wise man, a sage, MBh.; R.; good or honest or wise or respectable people, Mn.; MBh. &c.; (ī), f., see satī below; (sat), n. that which really is, entity or existence, essence, the true being or really existent (in the Vedânta, ‘the self existent or Universal Spirit, Brahma’), RV. &c. &c.; that which is good or real or true, good, advantage, reality, truth, ib.; water, Naigh. i, 1 2; (in gram.) the terminations of the present participle, Pāṇ. iii, 2, 127 &c.; (sat), ind. (cf. sat-√kṛi &c.) well, right, fitly. [Cf. Gk. ὥv, έὥv for έσὥv ; Lat. sens in ab- sens, pra-sens; sons,’ guilty,’ orig. ‘the real doer;’ Lith. sās, ḕsąs; Slav, sy, sąšta.]

+

-kartavya, mfn. one who is to be honoured, MBh. -kartṛi, mfn. doing good, acting well, treating w^o or kindly, a benefactor (brāhmaṇa-satk^o, ‘one who does good or honour to Brāhmans’), MBh.; Mṛicch.; m. N. of Vishṇu, L. -karman, n. a good work, virtuous act, Pur.; Rājat.; virtue, piety, W.; hospitality, ib.; funeral obsequies, ib.; expiation, ib.; mfn. performing good actions, Rājat.; m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-vrata, BhP.; (sat-karma- kalpadruma, m., ^oma-candrikā, f. , ^oma-cintāmaṇi, m., ^oma-darpaṇa, m., ^oma-dīpikā, f. N. of wks.) -kāra, m. (sg. or pl.) kind treatment, honour, favour, reverence (with paṡcima, = -karaṇa, Hariv.; rāja-sat-k^o, ‘the favour of a king,’ R.), Mn.; MBh. &c.; hospitable treatment, hospitality, ib.; feasting (or = ‘a meal’), festival, religious observance, MW.; care, attention, consideration of or regard for a thing, Yogas.; w. r. for saṃskāra, Hariv.; ^orârha, mfn. worthy of hospitable treatment, Nal. -kārya, mfn. that which is effected, L.; deserving of honour or hospitality, R.; one to whom the last honours (i. e. cremation) are to be paid, ib.; n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect (as inherent in a cause), Sāṃkhyak.; Tattvas.; Kap., Sch.; -vāda, m. (or -siddhânta, m., Kap.) the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause), Bādar., Sch.; -vādin, m. an adherent of the above doctrine, ib. -√kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute &c., to set right, put in order, arrange, prepare, adorn, garnish, Mn.; MBh.; R. &c.; to treat well or with respect, honour, treat or receive hospitably, MBh.; R.; Kāv. &c.; to pay the last honours to (acc.), cremate, R.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to be treated with respect or reverence, show rev^o, pay resp^o, MW.; to cause to pay the last honours, MBh. -kṛita, mfn. done well, W.; adorned with (comp.), MBh.; Pur.; honoured, treated with respect or hospitality, entertained, MBh.; R.; VarBṛS. &c.; worshipped, adored, VarBṛS.; m. N. of Ṡiva, MW.; n. virtue, W.; respect, ib.; honourable reception, MārkP. -kṛiti, f. doing good, virtue, morality. W.; kind treatment, hospitable reception, hospitality, -kṛitya, ind. p. having treated with respect, having hospitably entertained, Yājñ.; R.; devotedly, piously, zealously, eagerly, Jātakam. -kriya, mfn. doing good, MBh.; (ā), f. putting in order, preparation, Kāv.; Kām.; explication , Cat.; a good action, charity, virtue, W.; (sg. or pl.) kind or respectful treatment, hospitable reception, hospitality (vivāha-sat-kr^o, ‘the celebration of a wedding,’ Ragh.; para-loka-sat-kr^o, ‘honouring in regard to the other world,’ funeral ceremonies, MBh.), Mn.; Yājñ.; Kāv. &c.; any purificatory ceremony, W.; funeral ceremonies, L.; N. of wk.; (sat-kriyā-kalpamañjari, f. N. of wk.)

 Sat-tvà, n. (ifc. f. ā) being, existence, entity, reali\\ty (īṡvara-s^o, ‘the existence of a Supreme Being’), TS &c. &c.; true essence, nature, disposition of mind, character, Pañcav Br.; MBh. &c.; spiritual

essence, spirit, mind, MuṇḍUp.; Yājñ.; MBh.; BhP.; vital breath, life, consciousness, strength of character, strength, firmness, energy, resolution, courage, selfcommand, good sense, wisdom, magnanimity, MBh.; R. &c.; the quality of purity or goodness (regarded in the Sāṃkhya phil. as the highest of the three Guṇas [q.v.] or constituents of Prakṛiti because it renders a person true, honest, wise &c., and a thing pure, clean &c.), MaitrUp.; Mn.; Yājñ. &c.; MBh.; R.;

+

-kartṛi, m. the creator of living beings, R.

 Satyá, mf (ā) n. true, real, actual, genuine, sincere, honest, truthful, faithful, pure, virtuous, good, successful, effectual, valid (satyaṃ√kṛi, ‘to make true, ratify, realise, fulfil’), RV. &c. &c.; m. the uppermost of the seven Lokas or worlds (the abode of Brahmā and heaven of truth; see loka), L.; N. of the ninth Kalpa (q.v.), Pur.; the Aṡvattha tree, L.; N.

+

-karman, n. sincerity in action, truthfulness, Gaut.; mfn. one whose actions are true, RV.; m. Angle Marmelos, Npr.; N. of a son of Dhṛita-vrata, Hariv.; VP. -kṛit, mfn. performing what is real, one who does nothing in vain, BhP. -kriyā, f. a promise, oath, Buddh.

 sa-trá, ind. (fr. 7. sa – trá) together, together with (instr.), altogether, throughout; always, by all means, RV.; AV.; Br. -kará, mfn. always effective, RV.

 sa-thūtkāra, mfn. (fr. 7. sa + th^o) sputtering in speech (n. the act of sputtering; cf. ambū-kṛita), W.

 Sádā, ind. always, ever, every time, continually, perpetually (with na, ' never'), RV. &c. &c.

+

-kārin, mfn. (for sad- āk^o always active, GāruḍaP.

 sa-dyás, ind. (fr. 7. sa+dyu; on the same day, in the very moment (either 'at once,' 'immediately' or 'just,' 'recently '), RV. &c. &c.; daily, every day, RV.; AV.; AitBr.; MBh. –

+

-kāra, mf(ā)n. being performed on the same day, MBh.

 Sadyah, in comp. for sadyas.

+

-kṛita, mfn. done at the moment, done quickly or promptly, W.; n. a name, L.

 Sa

+

-pattrā, ind.; -karaṇa, n. wounding with an arrow or other feathered weapon so that the feathers enter the body (causing excessive pain), L.; -√kri, P. -karoti, to wound in the way described above, Daṡ. (cf. Pāṇ. v, 4, 61 and nishpattrā √kṛi), L.; -kṛita, mfn. (accord. to some also sa-pattra-kṛita) severely wounded (as above described), MW.; m. a deer or other animal severely wounded, ib.; -kṛiti, f. = -karaṇa, L.

 Samī, in comp. for sama. samá, mf(ā)n. (prob. originally identical with prec.; cf. samāna) even, smooth, flat, plain, level, parallel (karṇa-s^o, ' on a level with the ear; ' bhūmi- or bhūmeḥ samaṃ- √kṛi, ' to make level with the earth '), RV. &c. &c.;

+

-karaṇa, n. the act of making even, levelling, Kull. on Mn. vii, 184 &c.; assimilation,Vedântas.; putting on a level with (instr.), Mn., Sch.; (in arithm.) equation, Bijag.; equalizing, setting to rights, ChUp., Sch.; a roller (to level a sown field), L.

-kāra, m. equation. Col.

-√kṛi, P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to make even, level, KātyṠr.; R.; MārkP. &c.; to equalize, Hcat.; to place on an equality with, declare to be equal to (instr.), Kāvyâd.; to adjust, settle, MBh.; R.; Mn., Sch.; to raze to the ground, annihilate, Kathās.; Jātakam.

-krita, mfn. made even, levelled, equipoised, equalized, MW.; done in the same manner, imitated, ib.; summed up, added, ib.

-kṛiti, f. levelling, L.; weighing, Naish.

-kriyā, f. the act of equalizing, MW.; (in arithm.) equation, Col.

 sam-ā- √I.kṛi, P. \Ā-karoti, -kurute; -kṛiṇoti, -kṛiṇute, to bring together, unite, RV.; VS.; to gather, collect, RV.; AitBr.; to make ready, prepare, RV.; AV.: Caus. -kārayati,

 Sam-ākāraṇa, n. (fr. Caus.) calling, summoning, Panc~ad.

 Sam-ākṛita, mfn. brought or collected together, MW.

 samāná, mf(ī or ā) n same, identical, uniform, one (=eka, L.), RV. &c. &c.; alike, similar, equal (in size, age, rank, sense or meaning &c.), equal or like to (with instr., gen., or comp.), VS. &c. &c.;

+

-karaṇa, mfn. having the ume organ of utterance (said of a sound), Prāt.

-kartṛika, mfn. (in gram.) having the same subject (i. e. that which is spoken of) in a sentence (-tā, f.; -tva, n.), Pāṇ.; ĀpṠr., Sch.; KātyṠr., Sch. (see kartṛi).

-kartṛi-tva, n. identity of subject, ĀpṠr., Sch.

-karmaka, mfn. (in gram.) having the same object, Pāṇ. iii, 4, 48 (see -karman).

-karman, n. the same object, (ibc.) the same action, KapS.; mfn. expressing the same a^o, Nir. -kāraka, mfn. making all things equal or the same (said of time), Ṡukas.

sárva, mf(ā)n. (perhaps connected with sāra, q.v.; inflected as a pronoun except nom. acc. sg. n. sarvam, and serving as a model for a series of pronominals, cf. sarva nāman) whole, entire, all, every (m. sg. ' every one;' pl. ' all;' n. sg. ' everything;' sometimes strengthened by viṡva [which if alone in RV. appears in the meaning ' all,' 'every,' 'every one'] and nikhila; sarve 'pi, ' all together; ' sarvaḥ ko 'pi, ' every one so ever; '

+

-kara, m. 'maker of all,' N. of Ṡiva, MBh.

-kartṛi, m. the maker or creator of all (-tva, n., Sarvad.), KapS.; Kālac.; N. of Brahmā, L.

-karman, n. pl. all kinds of works or rites or occupations (^oma-saha, mfn. 'equal to all k^o of w^o; ' ^oma-kārin, mfn. 'performing all k^o of w^o'), ṠrS.; Mn. &c.; mfn. containing all works, ChUp.; m. one who performs all acts, MW.; N. of Ṡiva, ib.; of a son of Kalmāsha-pāda, MBh.; Hariv.

-Karmīṇa, mfn. doing every work, practising or understanding every occupation, Pāṇ.; Bhaṭṭ.; pervading ev^o action &c., W.

-kāraṇa, n. the cause of everything, Madhus; -kāraṇa, n. (incorrectly also m.)the c^o of the c^o of ev^o, Pañcar.

-kārin, mfn. making or doing all things, W.; able to do all things, R.; m. the maker of all things, MW.

-kṛit, mfn. all-producing, Hariv.

 Sarvânukārin, mfn. all-imitating, MW.; (iṇī), f. Desmodium Gangeticum, L.

 Sam-ayá, m. (ifc. f. ā) coming together, meeting or a place of meeting, AV.; ṠBr.; intercourse with (instr.), Mn. x, 53; coming to a mutual understanding, agreement, compact, covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation, conditions of agreement, terms (ena or āt or -tas, 'according to agreement, conditionally;' tena samayena, 'in consequence of this agreement;' samayaṃ, acc. with -√kṛi, 'to make an agreement or engagement,' ' agree with any one.

+

-kāra, m. making an agr^o or appointment or engagement, fixing a time, W.; = ṡailī, saṃketa, L.

-kriyā, f. making an agr^o or compact or engagement, MW.; enjoining certain duties or obligations, Mn. vii, 202; preparation of an ordeal, Vishṇ.

 Samayī-√kṛi \, P. -karoti, to stipulate, make incumbent or necessary, R.

 Sáhas, mfn, powerful, mighty, victorious (superl. -tama), RV.; m. the month Mārgaṡīrsha or Agrahāyaṇa (November-December), the winter season, VS.; Suṡr.; Pur.; n. strength, power, force, victory

+

-kṛit, mfn. bestowing strength or power, VS.; TS. (v.l.)

-kṛita (sáhas-), mfn. produced by strength (said of Agni), RV.; invigorated, increased, excited, ib.

 sahá, ind. (prob. fr.7. sa-dhā, which in Veda may become dha; cf. I. sadha) together with, along with, with (with √grah and ā √dā, ' to take with one; ' with -√dā, ' to give to take away with one;' with kṛitvā and acc., 'taking with one,' 'in the company of;' often as a prepos. Governing instr. case, but generally placed after the governed word, e.g. tena saha, ‘along with him;’

+

-karaṇa, n. acting together, common action or performance, Saṃskārak.

-kartṛi, m. a co-worker, assistant, Mn.viii ,206.

-kāra, m. acting with, co-operation, assistance, Kusum.; Bhāshāp., Sch.; a kind of fragrant mangotree, MBh.; Kāv.&c.; n. a m^o blossom, Hariv.; m^o juice, VarBṛS.;

-kārin, mfn. acting together, co-operating, concurrent; m. a concurrent agent, expedient, assistant, Sāh.; Bhāshāp.; Sarvad.;

-kṛit, mfn. co-operating, assisting, an assistant, W.

-kṛita, mfn. co-operated with, accompanied by, assisted, aided, Kusum.; Bhāshāp.; Sarvad.

-kṛitvan, mf(arī)n. co-operating, assisting, a coadjutor, Naish.

 Sahâya, m. (ifc. f. ā; prob. fr, saha + aya, cf. sahâyana; but, accord, to some, a Prākṛit form of sakhāya, see sakhi, p. 1 1 30) ' one who goes along with (another),' a companion, follower, adherent ally, assistant, helper in or to (loc. or comp.; ifc. = having as a companion or assistant, accompanied or supported by'), Mn.; MBh. &c.; (ibc.) companionship, assistance; N,of Ṡiva, MBh. the ruddy goose, L.; a kind of drug or perfume, L.

+

-karaṇa, n. the act of rendering assistance, aiding MW.

-kṛit, m.'rendering assistance,' a friend, companion, Kāṡikh.

-kṛitya, n. = -karaṇa, R

sâkāra, mf(ā)n. having form, having any shape or definite figure, Kathās.; Sarvad.; having a fair form, beautiful (am, ind.), Hariv.; Pañcat.; MārkP.

 Sâkshāt, in comp. with forms of -√kṛi. -kara, mfn. putting before the eyes, making evident to the senses, Cat. -karaṇa, n. the act of putting b^o the e^o, ib.; intuitive perception, actual feeling, MW.; immediate cause of anything, Kap. -kartavya, mfn. to be made fully perceptible or evident, Mahāv. -kartṛi, mfn. one who sees everything, Cat. -kāra, m. evident or intuitive perception, realization (-tā, f.), Vedântas.; Sarvad.; the experiencing a result of or reward for (gen.), BhP.; -vat, mfn. having a clear perception of (comp.), Sarvad. -kārin, mfn. =-kara, Sarvad.; Kap., Sch. -√kṛi, P. -karoti (ind. p.; -kṛitvā or -kṛitya, Pāṇ. i, 4, 74), to look at with the eyes, make visibly present before the eyes, realize, Kathās.; Sāh. -kṛita, mfn. clearly placed before the eyes or the mind's eye; -dharman, mfn. one who has an intuitive perception of duty, MW. -kṛiti (Sarvad.),

-kriyā (SaddhP.), f. intuitive perception, realization.

 Sācí, in comp. for 2. sāci, ind. (perhaps fr. 7. sa + 2. añc) crookedly, awry, obliquely, sideways, askance. RV. x, 142, 2 (?); Pan̄ cavBr.; Kir.

+

-√kṛi, P. -karoti, to make crooked, distort, bend or turn aside, Kāv.; Kathās.